CA2750482C - Battery-powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device - Google Patents
Battery-powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2750482C CA2750482C CA2750482A CA2750482A CA2750482C CA 2750482 C CA2750482 C CA 2750482C CA 2750482 A CA2750482 A CA 2750482A CA 2750482 A CA2750482 A CA 2750482A CA 2750482 C CA2750482 C CA 2750482C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- assembly
- surgical
- battery
- hand grip
- waveguide
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Active
Links
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 title claims description 83
- 238000004146 energy storage Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 210000000352 storage cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 claims description 66
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 40
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 claims description 33
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 claims description 33
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 33
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 claims 2
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 96
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 64
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 50
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 39
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 33
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 32
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 26
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 description 25
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 22
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 21
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 18
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 15
- 241000030538 Thecla Species 0.000 description 14
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000001994 activation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000446 fuel Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000003775 Density Functional Theory Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000010355 oscillation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001427 coherent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000266 injurious effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012808 vapor phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 3
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium ion Chemical compound [Li+] HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150109471 PID2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002305 electric material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009499 grossing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910001416 lithium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010408 sweeping Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013024 troubleshooting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 101100190466 Caenorhabditis elegans pid-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010053567 Coagulopathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000609957 Homo sapiens PTB-containing, cubilin and LRP1-interacting protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100039157 PTB-containing, cubilin and LRP1-interacting protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000018199 S phase Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000219289 Silene Species 0.000 description 1
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000012072 active phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003570 air Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009118 appropriate response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000418 atomic force spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004397 blinking Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012459 cleaning agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035602 clotting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011162 core material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013016 damping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000593 degrading effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000881 depressing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013536 elastomeric material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005669 field effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007257 malfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000713 mesentery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002324 minimally invasive surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000414 obstructive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003534 oscillatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003071 parasitic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010079 rubber tapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004872 soft tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013022 venting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002618 waking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003466 welding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000859 α-Fe Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
- Y02E60/00—Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
- Y02E60/10—Energy storage using batteries
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
- Y02P70/00—Climate change mitigation technologies in the production process for final industrial or consumer products
- Y02P70/50—Manufacturing or production processes characterised by the final manufactured product
Landscapes
- Surgical Instruments (AREA)
Abstract
A battery-powered, modular surgical device includes an electrically powered surgical instrument operable to surgically interface with human tissue and a handle assembly connected to the surgical instrument. The handle assembly has a removable hand grip and a handle body. The hand grip is shaped to permit handling of the surgical device by one hand of an operator, has an upper portion and a cordless internal battery assembly that powers the surgical instrument. The internal battery assembly has at least one energy storage cell. The handle body is operable to removably connect at least the upper portion of the hand grip thereto and create an aseptic seal around at least a portion of the hand grip when connected thereto and electrically couple the internal battery assembly of the hand grip to the surgical instrument and thereby power the surgical instrument for interfacing surgically with the human tissue.
Description
BATTERY-POWERED HAND-HELD ULTRASONIC SURGICAL
CAUTERY CUTTING DEVICE
Field of the Invention [0001] The present invention relates generally to an ultrasonic cutting device and, more particularly, relates to a battery-powered, hand-held, ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device.
Description of the Related Art
CAUTERY CUTTING DEVICE
Field of the Invention [0001] The present invention relates generally to an ultrasonic cutting device and, more particularly, relates to a battery-powered, hand-held, ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device.
Description of the Related Art
[0002] Ultrasonic instruments are effectively used in the treatment of many medical conditions, such as removal of tissue and cauterization of vessels. Cutting instruments that utilize ultrasonic waves generate vibrations with an ultrasonic transducer along a longitudinal axis of a cutting blade. By placing a resonant wave along the length of the blade, high-speed longitudinal mechanical movement is produced at the end of the blade. These instruments are advantageous because the mechanical vibrations transmitted to the end of the blade are very effective at cutting organic tissue and, simultaneously, coagulate the tissue using the heat energy produced by the ultrasonic frequencies. Such instruments are particularly well suited for use in minimally invasive procedures, such as endoscopic or laparoscopic procedures, where the blade is passed through a trocar to reach the surgical site.
[0003] For each kind of cutting blade (e.g., length, material, size), there are one or more (periodic) driving signals that produce a resonance along the length of the blade. Resonance results in movement of the blade tip, which can be optimized for improved performance during surgical procedures. However, producing an effective cutting-blade driving signal is not a trivial task. For instance, the frequency, current, and voltage applied to the cutting tool must all be controlled dynamically, as these parameters change with the varying load placed on the blade and with temperature differentials that result from use of the tool.
[0004] FIG. 1 shows a block schematic diagram of a prior-art circuit used for applying ultrasonic mechanical movements to an end effector. The circuit includes a power source 102, a control circuit 104, a drive circuit 106, a matching circuit 108, a transducer 110, and also includes a handpiece 112, and a waveguide 114 secured to the handpiece 112 (diagrammatically illustrated by a dashed line) and supported by a cannula 120. The waveguide 114 terminates to a blade 116 at a distal end. A clamping mechanism 118, is part of the overall end effector and exposes and enables the blade portion 116 of the waveguide 114 to make contact with tissue and other substances. Commonly, the clamping mechanism 118 is a pivoting arm that acts to grasp or clamp onto tissue between the arm and the blade 116. However, in some devices, the clamping mechanism 118 is not present.
[0005] The drive circuit 106 produces a high-voltage self-oscillating signal.
The high-voltage output of the drive circuit 106 is fed to the matching circuit 108, which contains signal-smoothing components that, in turn, produce a driving signal (wave) that is fed to the transducer 110. The oscillating input to the transducer 110 causes the mechanical portion of the transducer 110 to move back and forth at a magnitude and frequency that sets up a resonance along the waveguide 114. For optimal resonance and longevity of the resonating instrument and its components, the driving signal applied to the transducer 110 should be as smooth a sine wave as can practically be achieved. For this reason, the matching circuit 108, the transducer 110, and the waveguide 114 are selected to work in conjunction with one another and are all frequency sensitive with and to each other.
The high-voltage output of the drive circuit 106 is fed to the matching circuit 108, which contains signal-smoothing components that, in turn, produce a driving signal (wave) that is fed to the transducer 110. The oscillating input to the transducer 110 causes the mechanical portion of the transducer 110 to move back and forth at a magnitude and frequency that sets up a resonance along the waveguide 114. For optimal resonance and longevity of the resonating instrument and its components, the driving signal applied to the transducer 110 should be as smooth a sine wave as can practically be achieved. For this reason, the matching circuit 108, the transducer 110, and the waveguide 114 are selected to work in conjunction with one another and are all frequency sensitive with and to each other.
[0006] Because a relatively high-voltage (e.g., 100 V or more) is required to drive a typical piezoelectric transducer 110, the power source that is available and is used in all prior-art ultrasonic cutting devices is an electric mains (e.g., a wall outlet) of, typically, up to 15A, 120VAC. Therefore, all known ultrasonic surgical cutting devices resemble that shown in FIGS.
1 and 2 and utilize a countertop box 202 with an electrical cord 204 to be plugged into the electrical mains 206 for supply of power. Resonance is maintained by a phase locked loop (PLL), which creates a closed loop between the output of the matching circuit 108 and the drive circuit 106. For this reason, in prior art devices, the countertop box 202 always has contained all of the drive and control electronics 104, 106 and the matching circuit(s) 108.
A typical retail price for such boxes is in the tens of thousands of dollars.
1 and 2 and utilize a countertop box 202 with an electrical cord 204 to be plugged into the electrical mains 206 for supply of power. Resonance is maintained by a phase locked loop (PLL), which creates a closed loop between the output of the matching circuit 108 and the drive circuit 106. For this reason, in prior art devices, the countertop box 202 always has contained all of the drive and control electronics 104, 106 and the matching circuit(s) 108.
A typical retail price for such boxes is in the tens of thousands of dollars.
[0007] A supply cord 208 delivers a sinusoidal waveform from the box 202 to the transducer 110 within the handpiece 112 and, thereby, to the waveguide 114. The prior art devices present a great disadvantage because the cord 208 has a length, size, and weight that restricts the mobility of the operator. The cord 208 creates a tether for the operator and presents an obstacle for the operator and those around him/her during any surgical procedure using the handpiece 112. In addition, the cord must be shielded and durable and is very expensive.
[0008] Another disadvantage exists in the prior art due to the frequency sensitivity of the matching circuit 108, the transducer 110, and the waveguide 114. By having a phase-locked-loop feedback circuit between the output of the matching circuit 108 and the drive circuit 104, the matching circuit 108 has always been located in the box 202, near the drive circuit 108, and separated from the transducer 110 by the length of the supply cord 208. This architecture introduces transmission losses and electrical parasitics, which are common products of ultrasonic-frequency transmissions.
[0009] In addition, prior-art devices attempt to maintain resonance at varying waveguide 114 load conditions by monitoring and maintaining a constant current applied to the transducer (when operating with series resonance). However, without knowing the specific load conditions, the only predictable relationship between current applied to the transducer 110 and amplitude is at resonance. Therefore, with constant current, the amplitude of the wave along the waveguide 114 is not constant across all frequencies. When prior art devices are under load, therefore, operation of the waveguide 114 is not guaranteed to be at resonance and, because only the current is being monitored and held constant, the amount of movement on the waveguide 114 can vary greatly.
For this reason, maintaining constant current is not an effective way of maintaining a constant movement of the waveguide 114.
For this reason, maintaining constant current is not an effective way of maintaining a constant movement of the waveguide 114.
[0010] Furthermore, in the prior art, handpieces 112 and transducers 110 are replaced after a finite number of uses, but the box 202, which is vastly more expensive than the handpiece 112, is not replaced. As such, introduction of new, replacement handpieces 112 and transducers 110 frequently causes a mismatch between the frequency-sensitive components (108, 110, and 112), thereby disadvantageously altering the frequency introduced to the waveguide 114. The only way to avoid such mismatches is for the prior-art circuits to restrict themselves to precise frequencies. This precision brings with it a significant increase in cost.
[0011] Therefore, a need exists to overcome the problems associated with the prior art, for example, those discussed above.
Summary of the Invention
Summary of the Invention
[0012] Briefly, in accordance with exemplary embodiments, the present invention includes a battery powered device that produces high frequency mechanical motion at the end of a waveguide for performing useful work, specifically, to cut and seal tissue during surgery. A
piezoelectric transducer is used to convert electrical energy into the mechanical energy that produces the motion at the end of the waveguide. Particularly, when the transducer and waveguide are driven at their composite resonant frequency, a large amount of mechanical motion is produced. The circuit components of the present invention include, among others, a battery power supply, a control circuit, a drive circuit, and a matching circuit -- all located within a handpiece of the ultrasonic cutting device and all operating and generating waveforms from battery voltages. The components are selected to convert electrical energy from the battery power supply into a high voltage AC waveform that drives the transducer.
Ideally, the frequency of this waveform is substantially the same as the resonant frequency of the waveguide and transducer. The magnitude of the waveform is selected to be a value that produces the desired amount of mechanical motion.
piezoelectric transducer is used to convert electrical energy into the mechanical energy that produces the motion at the end of the waveguide. Particularly, when the transducer and waveguide are driven at their composite resonant frequency, a large amount of mechanical motion is produced. The circuit components of the present invention include, among others, a battery power supply, a control circuit, a drive circuit, and a matching circuit -- all located within a handpiece of the ultrasonic cutting device and all operating and generating waveforms from battery voltages. The components are selected to convert electrical energy from the battery power supply into a high voltage AC waveform that drives the transducer.
Ideally, the frequency of this waveform is substantially the same as the resonant frequency of the waveguide and transducer. The magnitude of the waveform is selected to be a value that produces the desired amount of mechanical motion.
[0013] Advantageously, the present invention, according to several embodiments, allows components of the device to be removed, replaced, serviced, and/or interchanged. Some components are "disposable," which, as used herein, means that the component is used for only one procedure and is then discarded. Still other components are "reusable,"
which, as used herein, means that the component can be sterilized according to standard medical procedures and then used for at least a second time. As will be explained, other components are provided with intelligence that allows them to recognize the device to which they are attached and to alter their function or performance depending on several factors.
which, as used herein, means that the component can be sterilized according to standard medical procedures and then used for at least a second time. As will be explained, other components are provided with intelligence that allows them to recognize the device to which they are attached and to alter their function or performance depending on several factors.
[0014] The invention provides a cordless hand-held ultrasonic cautery cutting device that overcomes the hereinafore-mentioned disadvantages of the heretofore-known devices and methods of this general type and that require disposal of and prevent advantageous reuse of costly components.
[0015] With the foregoing and other objects in view, there is provided, in accordance with the invention, a battery-powered, modular surgical device includes an electrically powered surgical instrument operable to surgically interface with human tissue and a handle assembly connected to the surgical instrument. The handle assembly has a removable hand grip and a handle body. The hand grip is shaped to permit handling of the surgical device by one hand of an operator, has an upper portion and a cordless internal battery assembly that powers the surgical instrument. The internal battery assembly has at least one energy storage cell. The handle body is operable to removably connect at least the upper portion of the hand grip thereto and create an aseptic seal around at least a portion of the hand grip when connected thereto and electrically couple the internal battery assembly of the hand grip to the surgical instrument and thereby power the surgical instrument for interfacing surgically with the human tissue.
[0016] With the objects of the invention in view, there is also provided a battery-powered, modular surgical device comprising an electrically powered surgical end effector assembly operable to surgically interface with human tissue and a removable hand grip shaped to permit handling of the surgical device by one hand of an operator. The removable hand grip includes at least one reusable battery electrically coupled to the surgical end effector assembly to power and thereby cause the surgical end effector assembly to operate and is removably secured to the surgical end effector assembly such that the at least one battery is selectively exposed to the surgical environment when removed therefrom.
[0017] With the objects of the invention in view, there is also provided a removable battery assembly of a battery-powered surgical device having an electrically powered surgical instrument operable to surgically interface with human tissue comprise a battery body outer shell having an upper portion, a lower portion, and defining a shell interior. The battery body outer shell is a hand grip of the surgical device when secured to the surgical instrument, is shaped to permit handling of the surgical device by one hand of an operator, has, in the shell interior, a cordless rechargeable battery that powers the surgical instrument, has an upper portion shaped to removably connect to a portion of the surgical instrument and create an aseptic seal around at least a part of the upper portion when connected thereto and be selectively exposed to the surgical environment when removed therefrom, and has exterior conductors electrically coupled to the cordless rechargeable battery and positioned to supply at least power to operate the surgical instrument.
[0018] In accordance with another feature of the invention, at least one of the surgical instrument, the removable hand grip, and the handle body is disposable.
[0019] In accordance with a further feature of the invention, the surgical instrument is comprised of a surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly.
[0020] In accordance with an added feature of the invention, the surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly is an ultrasonic surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly.
[0021] In accordance with an additional feature of the invention, the battery assembly is rechargeable.
[0022] In accordance with yet another feature of the invention, the at least one energy storage cell is a Lithium-based battery cell.
[0023] In accordance with a concomitant feature of the invention, the surgical instrument is comprised of at least one pivoting jaw member and a cutting blade opposing the jaw member.
[0024] Although the invention is illustrated and described herein as embodied in a cordless, battery-powered, hand-held, ultrasonic, surgical, cautery cutting device, it is, nevertheless, not intended to be limited to the details shown, and the disclosed embodiments are merely exemplary of the invention which can be embodied in various forms.
[0025] While the specification concludes with claims defining the features of the invention that are regarded as novel, it is believed that the invention will be better understood from a consideration of the following description in conjunction with the drawing figures, in which like reference numerals are carried forward. Accordingly, the apparatus components and method steps have been represented where appropriate by conventional symbols in the drawings, showing only those specific details that are pertinent to understanding the embodiments of the present invention so as not to obscure the disclosure with details that will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art having the benefit of the description herein. The figures of the drawings are not drawn to scale.
[0026] Other features that are considered as characteristic for the invention are set forth in the appended claims. As required, detailed embodiments of the present invention are disclosed herein; however, it is to be understood that the disclosed embodiments are merely exemplary of the invention, which can be embodied in various forms. Therefore, specific structural and functional details disclosed herein are not to be interpreted as limiting, but merely as a basis for the claims and as a representative basis for teaching one of ordinary skill in the art to variously employ the present invention in virtually any appropriately detailed structure. Further, the terms and phrases used herein are not intended to be limiting; but rather, to provide an understandable description of the invention.
Detailed Description of the Drawings
Detailed Description of the Drawings
[0027] The accompanying figures, where like reference numerals refer to identical or functionally similar elements throughout the separate views and which together with the detailed description below are incorporated in and form part of the specification, serve to further illustrate various embodiments and to explain various principles and advantages all in accordance with the present invention.
[0028] FIG. 1 is a diagrammatic illustration of components of a prior-art ultrasonic cutting device with separate power, control, drive and matching components in block diagram form.
[0029] FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating the prior-art ultrasonic cutting device of FIG. 1.
[0030] FIG. 3 is an elevational view of a left side of an ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0031] FIG. 4 is a perspective view from above a corner of a battery assembly in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0032] FIG. 5 is an elevational left side view of a transducer and generator assembly in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0033] FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of the cordless, battery-powered, hand-held, ultrasonic, surgical, cautery cutting device in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0034] FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a battery assembly of the device of FIGS. 3 and 4 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0035] FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a handle assembly of the device of FIGS. 3 and 4 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0036] FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of the transducer and generator assembly of the device of FIGS. 3 to 5 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0037] FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of the generator of FIG. 9 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0038] FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of the battery controller of the device of FIGS. 3 and 4 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0039] FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram illustrating an electrical communicating relationship between the battery assembly and the transducer and generator assembly of the device of FIGS. 3 to 5 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0040] FIG. 13 is graph illustrating a square waveform input to a matching circuit in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0041] FIG. 14 is graph illustrating a sinusoidal waveform output from a matching circuit in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0042] FIG. 15 is a diagrammatic illustration of the affect that a resonant sine wave input to a transducer has on a waveguide of the ultrasonic cutting device in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention with the sinusoidal pattern shown representing the amplitude of axial motion along the length of the waveguide.
[0043] FIG. 16 is a fragmentary, schematic circuit diagram of an elemental series circuit model for a transducer in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0044] FIG. 17 is a fragmentary, schematic circuit diagram of an inventive circuit with the circuit of FIG. 16 and is useful for monitoring a motional current of a transducer in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0045] FIG. 18 is a fragmentary, schematic circuit diagram of an elemental parallel circuit model of a transducer in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0046] FIG. 19 is fragmentary, schematic circuit diagram of an inventive circuit with the circuit of FIG. 20 and is useful for monitoring the motional current of a transducer in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0047] FIG. 20 is a fragmentary, schematic circuit diagram of an inventive circuit with the circuit of FIG. 16 and is useful for monitoring the motional current of a transducer in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0048] FIG. 21 is a fragmentary, schematic circuit diagram of an inventive circuit with the circuit of FIG. 18 and is useful for monitoring the motional voltage of a transducer in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0049] FIG. 22 is a schematic circuit diagram modeling a direct digital synthesis technique implemented in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0050] FIG. 23 is a graph illustrating an exemplary direct output of a digital-to-analog converter (DAC) positioned above a filtered output of the DAC in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0051] FIG. 24 is a graph illustrating an exemplary direct output of a digital-to-analog converter (DAC) with a tuning word shorter than the tuning word used to produce the graph of FIG. 23 positioned above a filtered output of the DAC using the same shortened tuning word in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0052] FIG. 25 is a graph illustrating an exemplary direct output of a digital-to-analog converter (DAC) with a tuning word longer than the tuning word used to produce the graph of FIG. 23 positioned above a filtered output of the DAC using the longer tuning word in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0053] FIG. 26 is block circuit diagram of exemplary components comprising the current control loop in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0054] FIG. 27 is a block circuit diagram of the device of FIG. 3 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0055] FIG. 28 is a perspective view from above the front of the battery assembly of FIG. 4 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0056] FIG. 29 is a fragmentary, perspective view from a left side of the of the battery assembly of FIG. 4 with one half of the shell removed exposing an underside of a multi-lead battery terminal and an interior of the remaining shell half in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0057] FIG. 30 is a fragmentary, perspective view from a right side of the battery assembly of FIG. 4 with one half of the shell removed exposing the circuit board connected to the multi-lead battery terminal in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0058] FIG. 31 is an elevated perspective view of the battery assembly of FIG.
4 with both halves of the shell removed exposing battery cells coupled to multiple circuit boards which are coupled to the multi-lead battery terminal in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
4 with both halves of the shell removed exposing battery cells coupled to multiple circuit boards which are coupled to the multi-lead battery terminal in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0059] FIG. 32 is an elevated perspective view of the battery assembly shown in FIG. 31 with one half of the shell in place in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0060] FIG. 33 is an elevated perspective view of the battery assembly of FIG.
4 showing a catch located on a rear side of the battery assembly in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
4 showing a catch located on a rear side of the battery assembly in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0061] FIG. 34 is an underside perspective view of the handle assembly of FIG.
3 exposing a multi-lead handle terminal assembly and a receiver for mating with the battery assembly of FIG.
4 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
3 exposing a multi-lead handle terminal assembly and a receiver for mating with the battery assembly of FIG.
4 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0062] FIG. 35 is a close-up underside perspective view of the handle assembly of FIG. 3 exposing a multi-lead handle terminal assembly and a receiver for mating with the battery assembly of FIG. 4 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0063] FIG. 36 is an underside perspective view illustrating an initial mating connection between the handle assembly and the battery assembly in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0064] FIG. 37 is a perspective view of the battery assembly fully connected to the handle assembly in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0065] FIG. 38 is a close-up perspective view of the exterior surface of the battery assembly of FIG. 4 illustrating a release mechanism for coupling the battery assembly to the handle assembly in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0066] FIG. 39 is a close-up perspective view of the multi-lead handle terminal assembly in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0067] FIG. 40 is a close-up perspective view of the ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly of FIG. 1 with one half the shell of the handle assembly removed providing a detailed view of the mating position between the multi-lead handle terminal assembly and the multi-lead handle battery assembly in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0068] FIG. 41 is a fragmentary, cross-sectional and perspective view of a pressure valve of the battery assembly of FIG. 3 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention viewed from a direction inside the battery assembly.
[0069] FIG. 42 is a fragmentary, cross-sectional view of the pressure valve of FIG. 41 viewed from a side of the valve.
[0070] FIG. 43 is a perspective view of the pressure valve of FIG. 41 separated from the battery assembly.
[0071] FIG. 44 is a graph illustrating pressure states of the pressure valve of FIG. 41 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0072] FIG. 45 is an elevational exploded view of the left side of the ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly of FIG. 3 showing the left shell half removed from the battery assembly and the left shell half removed from the handle assembly in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0073] FIG. 46 is an elevational right-hand view of the handle assembly of FIG. 3 with the right shell half removed showing controls in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0074] FIG. 47 is elevational close-up view of the handle assembly of FIG. 3 with the left shell half removed showing the trigger of FIG. 46 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0075] FIG. 48 is an elevational close-up view of a two-stage switch in the handle assembly activated by the button of FIG. 46 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0076] FIG. 49 is an elevational view of an example of a two-stage switch of FIG. 48 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0077] FIG. 50 is an elevational side view of the TAG of FIG. 3 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0078] FIG. 51 is an elevational underside view of the TAG of FIG. 50 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0079] FIG. 52 is an elevational upper view of the TAG of FIG. 50 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0080] FIG. 53 is an elevational view of the TAG of FIG. 50 with an upper cover removed revealing generator circuitry in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0081] FIG. 54 is an elevational underside view of the TAG of FIG. 50 with an underside cover removed revealing electrical coupling between the generator and the transducer in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0082] FIG. 55 is a perspective underside view of the TAG of FIG. 50 with an underside cover of the TAG removed and the transducer cover removed revealing components of the transducer in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0083] FIG. 56 is an elevational left side view of the handle assembly and the TAG, illustrating a coupling alignment between the handle assembly and the TAG in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0084] FIG. 57 is an elevational exploded view of the left side of the ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly of FIG. 3 showing the left shell half removed from handle assembly exposing a device identifier communicatively coupled to the multi-lead handle terminal assembly in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0085] FIG. 58 is a perspective close-up view of the transducer with the outer shell removed in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0086] FIG. 59 is a perspective close-up view of the coupling relationship between the catch on the battery assembly and the receiver on the handle assembly as well as the sealing relationship between the multi-lead battery terminal assembly and the multi-lead handle terminal assembly in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0087] FIG. 60 is a perspective close-up transparent view of the sealing gasket of FIG. 59 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0088] FIG. 61 is a perspective partial view of the handle assembly with the right-hand cover half removed, exposing a near-over-centering trigger mechanism in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0089] FIG. 62 is a perspective partial view of the near-over-centering trigger mechanism of FIG. 61, with the trigger slightly depressed, in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0090] FIG. 63 is a perspective partial view of the near-over-centering trigger mechanism of FIG. 61, with the trigger depressed, in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0091] FIG. 64 is a perspective partial view of the near-over-centering trigger mechanism of FIG. 61, with the trigger fully depressed, in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0092] FIG. 65 is a perspective fragmentary view of a rotational lockout member and blade adjacent, but not engaging with, a waveguide assembly rotation-prevention wheel, in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0093] FIG. 66 is a perspective fragmentary view of the rotational lockout member and blade of FIG. 65 engaging the waveguide assembly rotation-prevention wheel in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0094] FIG. 67 is a perspective fragmentary view of a two-stage button in an undepressed state and in physical communication with the rotational lockout member of FIG. 65 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0095] FIG. 68 is a perspective fragmentary view of the two-stage button in a first depressed state and physically engaging the rotational lockout member of FIG. 65 in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0096] FIG. 69 is a perspective fragmentary view of the two-stage button of FIG. 68 in a second depressed state and fully engaging the rotational lockout member of FIG. 65, which, in turn, is engaging the waveguide assembly rotation-prevention wheel in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0097] FIG. 70 is a perspective fragmentary view of a rotational lockout member and dual blades adjacent, but not engaging with, a waveguide assembly rotation-prevention wheel, in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0098] FIG. 71 is a perspective fragmentary view of the rotational lockout member and dual blades of FIG. 70 engaging the waveguide assembly rotation-prevention wheel in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[0099] FIG. 72 and FIG. 72A show a process flow diagram illustrating a start-up procedure in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
[00100] FIG. 73 is a fragmentary, enlarged perspective view of an exemplary embodiment of an end effector according to the invention from a distal end with a jaw in an open position;
[00101] FIG. 74 is a fragmentary, enlarged perspective view of the end effector of FIG. 73 from below with an outer tube removed;
[00102] FIG. 75 is a fragmentary, enlarged cross-sectional and perspective view of the end effector of FIG. 73 from below with the section taken transverse to the jaw-operating plane through the waveguide;
[00103] FIG. 76 is a fragmentary, enlarged side elevational view of the end effector of FIG. 73 with the outer tube removed;
[00104] FIG. 77 is a fragmentary, enlarged cross-sectional side view of the end effector of FIG.
73 with the section taken parallel to the jaw-operating plane with the waveguide removed;
73 with the section taken parallel to the jaw-operating plane with the waveguide removed;
[00105] FIG. 78 is a fragmentary, enlarged, side elevational view of the end effector of FIG. 73;
[00106] FIG. 79 is a fragmentary, enlarged, side elevational view of the end effector of FIG. 78 with the jaw in a substantially closed position;
[00107] FIG. 80 is a fragmentary, enlarged, perspective view of the end effector of FIG. 73 with the jaw in the substantially closed position;
[00108] FIG. 81 is a fragmentary, enlarged cross-sectional side view of the end effector of FIG.
73 with the section taken in the jaw-operating plane;
73 with the section taken in the jaw-operating plane;
[00109] FIG. 82 is an enlarged perspective view of a coupling spool of the end effector of FIG.
73;
73;
[00110] FIG. 83 is a fragmentary, enlarged, cross-sectional view of the end effector of FIG. 73 with the section taken orthogonal to the longitudinal axis of the waveguide at a jaw pivot;
[00111] FIG. 84 is an enlarged, perspective view of a jaw insert of the end effector of FIG. 73 viewed from below a distal end;
[00112] FIG. 85 is an enlarged, cross-sectional and perspective view of a left portion of the jaw insert of FIG. 84 seated within a left portion of the jaw of FIG. 73 viewed from below a proximal end;
[00113] FIG. 86 is a fragmentary, enlarged, perspective view of a TAG
attachment dock and a waveguide attachment dock of the handle assembly of FIG. 46 with a right half of the handle body, a rotation-prevention wheel, and a spring and bobbin of the jaw force-limiting assembly removed;
attachment dock and a waveguide attachment dock of the handle assembly of FIG. 46 with a right half of the handle body, a rotation-prevention wheel, and a spring and bobbin of the jaw force-limiting assembly removed;
[00114] FIG. 87 is a fragmentary, enlarged, perspective view of the handle assembly of FIG. 86 with an outer tube removed and only a right half of the rotation-prevention wheel removed; and
[00115] FIG. 88 is a perspective view of a torque wrench according to an exemplary embodiment of the invention.
Detailed Description of the Embodiments
Detailed Description of the Embodiments
[00116] It is to be understood that the disclosed embodiments are merely exemplary of the invention, which can be embodied in various forms. Therefore, specific structural and functional details disclosed herein are not to be interpreted as limiting, but merely as a basis for the claims and as a representative basis for teaching one skilled in the art to variously employ the present invention in virtually any appropriately detailed structure. Further, the terms and phrases used herein are not intended to be limiting; but rather, to provide an understandable description of the invention.
[00117] Before the present invention is disclosed and described, it is to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. In this document, the terms "a" or "an", as used herein, are defined as one or more than one. The term "plurality," as used herein, is defined as two or more than two.
The term "another," as used herein, is defined as at least a second or more.
The terms "including" and/or "having," as used herein, are defined as comprising (i.e., open language). The term "coupled," as used herein, is defined as connected, although not necessarily directly, and not necessarily mechanically. Relational terms such as first and second, top and bottom, and the like may be used solely to distinguish one entity or action from another entity or action without necessarily requiring or implying any actual such relationship or order between such entities or actions. The terms "comprises," "comprising," or any other variation thereof are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, such that a process, method, article, or apparatus that comprises a list of elements does not include only those elements but may include other elements not expressly listed or inherent to such process, method, article, or apparatus.
An element proceeded by "comprises ... a" does not, without more constraints, preclude the existence of additional identical elements in the process, method, article, or apparatus that comprises the element.
The term "another," as used herein, is defined as at least a second or more.
The terms "including" and/or "having," as used herein, are defined as comprising (i.e., open language). The term "coupled," as used herein, is defined as connected, although not necessarily directly, and not necessarily mechanically. Relational terms such as first and second, top and bottom, and the like may be used solely to distinguish one entity or action from another entity or action without necessarily requiring or implying any actual such relationship or order between such entities or actions. The terms "comprises," "comprising," or any other variation thereof are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, such that a process, method, article, or apparatus that comprises a list of elements does not include only those elements but may include other elements not expressly listed or inherent to such process, method, article, or apparatus.
An element proceeded by "comprises ... a" does not, without more constraints, preclude the existence of additional identical elements in the process, method, article, or apparatus that comprises the element.
[00118] As used herein, the term "about" or "approximately" applies to all numeric values, whether or not explicitly indicated. These terms generally refer to a range of numbers that one of skill in the art would consider equivalent to the recited values (i.e., having the same function or result). In many instances these terms may include numbers that are rounded to the nearest significant figure. In this document, the term "longitudinal" should be understood to mean in a direction corresponding to an elongated direction of the object being described.
[00119] It will be appreciated that embodiments of the invention described herein may be comprised of one or more conventional processors and unique stored program instructions that control the one or more processors to implement, in conjunction with certain non-processor circuits and other elements, some, most, or all of the functions of ultrasonic cutting devices described herein. The non-processor circuits may include, but are not limited to, signal drivers, clock circuits, power source circuits, and user input and output elements.
Alternatively, some or all functions could be implemented by a state machine that has no stored program instructions, or in one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs) or field-programmable gate arrays (FPGA), in which each function or some combinations of certain of the functions are implemented as custom logic. Of course, a combination of these approaches could also be used.
Thus, methods and means for these functions have been described herein.
Alternatively, some or all functions could be implemented by a state machine that has no stored program instructions, or in one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs) or field-programmable gate arrays (FPGA), in which each function or some combinations of certain of the functions are implemented as custom logic. Of course, a combination of these approaches could also be used.
Thus, methods and means for these functions have been described herein.
[00120] The terms "program," "software application," and the like as used herein, are defined as a sequence of instructions designed for execution on a computer system. A
"program,"
"computer program," or "software application" may include a subroutine, a function, a procedure, an object method, an object implementation, an executable application, an applet, a servlet, a source code, an object code, a shared library/dynamic load library and/or other sequence of instructions designed for execution on a computer system.
"program,"
"computer program," or "software application" may include a subroutine, a function, a procedure, an object method, an object implementation, an executable application, an applet, a servlet, a source code, an object code, a shared library/dynamic load library and/or other sequence of instructions designed for execution on a computer system.
[00121] The present invention, according to one embodiment, overcomes problems with the prior art by providing a lightweight, hand-held, cordless, battery-powered, surgical cautery cutting device that is powered by and controlled with components that fit entirely within a handle of the device. The hand-held device allows a surgeon to perform ultrasonic cutting and/or cauterizing in any surgical procedure without the need for external power and, particularly, without the presence of cords tethering the surgeon to a stationary object and constricting the range of movement of the surgeon while performing the surgical procedure.
[00122] ULTRASONIC SURGICAL DEVICE
[00123] Described now is an exemplary apparatus according to one embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 3, an exemplary cordless ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300 is shown. The inventive assembly 300 can be described as including three main component parts:
(1) a battery assembly 301; (2) a handle assembly 302 with an ultrasonic cutting blade and waveguide assembly 304 (only a proximal portion of which is illustrated in FIG. 3); and (3) a transducer-and-generator ("TAG") assembly 303. The handle assembly 302 and the ultrasonic cutting blade and waveguide assembly 304 are pre-coupled but rotationally independent from one another. The battery assembly 301, according to one exemplary embodiment, is a rechargeable, reusable battery pack with regulated output. In some cases, as is explained below, the battery assembly 301 facilitates user-interface functions. The handle assembly 302 is a disposable unit that has bays or docks for attachment to the battery assembly 301, the TAG
assembly 303, and the ultrasonic cutting blade and waveguide assembly 304. The handle assembly 302 also houses various indicators including, for example, a speaker/buzzer and activation switches.
(1) a battery assembly 301; (2) a handle assembly 302 with an ultrasonic cutting blade and waveguide assembly 304 (only a proximal portion of which is illustrated in FIG. 3); and (3) a transducer-and-generator ("TAG") assembly 303. The handle assembly 302 and the ultrasonic cutting blade and waveguide assembly 304 are pre-coupled but rotationally independent from one another. The battery assembly 301, according to one exemplary embodiment, is a rechargeable, reusable battery pack with regulated output. In some cases, as is explained below, the battery assembly 301 facilitates user-interface functions. The handle assembly 302 is a disposable unit that has bays or docks for attachment to the battery assembly 301, the TAG
assembly 303, and the ultrasonic cutting blade and waveguide assembly 304. The handle assembly 302 also houses various indicators including, for example, a speaker/buzzer and activation switches.
[00124] The TAG assembly 303 is a reusable unit that produces high frequency mechanical motion at a distal output. The TAG assembly 303 is mechanically coupled to the ultrasonic cutting blade and waveguide assembly 304 during operation of the device and produces movement at the distal output, i.e., the cutting blade. In one embodiment, the TAG assembly 303 also provides a visual user interface, such as, through a red/green/blue (RGB) LED. As such, a visual indicator of the battery status is uniquely not located on the battery and is, therefore, remote from the battery.
[00125] The present invention's ability to provide all of the necessary components of an ultrasonic cutting tool in a hand-held package provides a great advantage over prior-art devices, which devices house substantially all of the device components within a very expensive and heavy desktop box 202, as shown in FIG. 2, and include an expensive tether 208 between the device's handpiece 112 and the desktop box 202, which, most significantly, is bulky and interferes with the surgeon's movements.
[00126] In accordance with the present invention, the three components of the handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300 are advantageously quickly disconnectable from one or more of the others. Each of the three components of the system is sterile and can be maintained wholly in a sterile field during use. Because each portion can be separated from one or more of the other components, the present invention can be composed of one or more portions that are single-use items (i.e., disposable) and others that are multi-use items (i.e., sterilizable for use in multiple surgical procedures). FIGS. 4 and 5 show the battery assembly 301 and TAG assembly 303 components, respectively, separate from the overall composite assembly shown in FIG. 3.
The details of each of the components are shown and described throughout the remainder of the specification. These details include, inter alia, physical aspects of each component separate and as part of the handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300, electronic functionality and capability of each component separate and as part of the overall assembly 300, and methods of use, assembly, sterilization, and others of each component separate and as part of the overall assembly 300. In accordance with an additional embodiment of the present invention, each of the components 301, 302/304, 303 is substantially equivalent in overall weight. Each of these components 301, 302/304, 303 is balanced so that they weigh substantially the same. This, combined with a triangular assembly configuration, makes the overall handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300 advantageously provided with a center of balance that provides a very natural and comfortable feel to the user operating the device. That is, when held in the hand of the user, the overall assembly 300 does not have a tendency to tip forward or backward or side-to-side but remains relatively and dynamically balanced so that the waveguide is held parallel to the ground with very little effort from the user. Of course, the instrument can be placed in non-parallel angles to the ground just as easily.
The details of each of the components are shown and described throughout the remainder of the specification. These details include, inter alia, physical aspects of each component separate and as part of the handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300, electronic functionality and capability of each component separate and as part of the overall assembly 300, and methods of use, assembly, sterilization, and others of each component separate and as part of the overall assembly 300. In accordance with an additional embodiment of the present invention, each of the components 301, 302/304, 303 is substantially equivalent in overall weight. Each of these components 301, 302/304, 303 is balanced so that they weigh substantially the same. This, combined with a triangular assembly configuration, makes the overall handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300 advantageously provided with a center of balance that provides a very natural and comfortable feel to the user operating the device. That is, when held in the hand of the user, the overall assembly 300 does not have a tendency to tip forward or backward or side-to-side but remains relatively and dynamically balanced so that the waveguide is held parallel to the ground with very little effort from the user. Of course, the instrument can be placed in non-parallel angles to the ground just as easily.
[00127] FIG. 6 provides a general block schematic diagram illustrating the communicative coupling between the battery assembly 301, the handle assembly 302, and the TAG assembly 303. FIG. 6 also shows various power and communication signal paths 601a-n between the battery assembly 301 and the handle assembly 302. The handle assembly 302 provides additional power and communication signal paths 602a-n that continue on to the TAG assembly 303. These power and communication signal paths 601a-n facilitate operation of:
1. a buzzer, e.g., audio frequency signal, which provides an audible user interface;
2. a minimum button, e.g., 0 to 3.3 V and 0 to 25mA input signal, which is a user interface to activate ultrasound output at minimum amplitude;
3. a maximum button, e.g., 0 to 3.3 V and 0 to 25mA, which is a user interface to activate ultrasound output at maximum amplitude;
4. a first output voltage (Vout), e.g., 0 to 10 Volt and 0 to 6A output, from the battery assembly 301 to the TAG assembly 303 and provides power to the TAG
assembly 303 to generate a transducer drive signal;
5. a ground or system common connection;
6. a second output voltage (Vbatt), which is a voltage output from battery for providing power for the system;
7. a first communication line (Comm+), which provides differential half duplex serial communications between the battery assembly 301 and the TAG assembly 303;
8. a second communication line (Comm-), which provides differential half duplex serial communications between the battery assembly 301 and the TAG assembly 303; and 9. a present line, which, when connected to the handle assembly 302, activates power in the battery assembly 301 and, thereby, to the entire system.
1. a buzzer, e.g., audio frequency signal, which provides an audible user interface;
2. a minimum button, e.g., 0 to 3.3 V and 0 to 25mA input signal, which is a user interface to activate ultrasound output at minimum amplitude;
3. a maximum button, e.g., 0 to 3.3 V and 0 to 25mA, which is a user interface to activate ultrasound output at maximum amplitude;
4. a first output voltage (Vout), e.g., 0 to 10 Volt and 0 to 6A output, from the battery assembly 301 to the TAG assembly 303 and provides power to the TAG
assembly 303 to generate a transducer drive signal;
5. a ground or system common connection;
6. a second output voltage (Vbatt), which is a voltage output from battery for providing power for the system;
7. a first communication line (Comm+), which provides differential half duplex serial communications between the battery assembly 301 and the TAG assembly 303;
8. a second communication line (Comm-), which provides differential half duplex serial communications between the battery assembly 301 and the TAG assembly 303; and 9. a present line, which, when connected to the handle assembly 302, activates power in the battery assembly 301 and, thereby, to the entire system.
[00128] In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, the above-described power and communication signal paths 601a-n are provided through a flex circuit that spans between a first multi-lead handle terminal assembly on the handle assembly 302 (where the battery assembly 301 electrically couples to the handle assembly 302) and a second multi-lead handle terminal assembly on the handle assembly 302 (where the TAG assembly 303 electrically couples to the handle assembly 302).
[00129] I. BATTERY ASSEMBLY
[00130] FIG. 7 provides a general block schematic diagram illustrating battery assembly 301 and the internal components included therein. The battery assembly 301 generally includes one or more battery cells 701, a battery protection circuit 702, and a battery controller 703. Various power and signal paths 704a-n run between the battery cells 701 and the battery protection circuit 702. Power and communication signal paths 706a-n run between the battery protection circuit 702 and the battery controller 703. The power and signal paths 704a-n and 706a-n can be simple direct connections between components or can include other circuit elements not shown in the figures. The power and communication signal paths 706a-n include, among others:
1. a SMBus clock signal (SCLK), which is used for communications between the battery controller 703 and the battery fuel gauge/protection circuit 702;
2. a SMBus data signal (SDAT), which is used for communications between the battery controller 703 and the battery fuel gauge/protection circuit 702; and 3. an enable switch that turns off the battery controller 703 when the battery assembly 301 is in a charger by removing power to the switching power supply within the battery controller 703 once grounded.
1. a SMBus clock signal (SCLK), which is used for communications between the battery controller 703 and the battery fuel gauge/protection circuit 702;
2. a SMBus data signal (SDAT), which is used for communications between the battery controller 703 and the battery fuel gauge/protection circuit 702; and 3. an enable switch that turns off the battery controller 703 when the battery assembly 301 is in a charger by removing power to the switching power supply within the battery controller 703 once grounded.
[00131] a. Battery Cells
[00132] The battery cells 701 include, in one embodiment, a 4-cell lithium-ion polymer (LiPoly) battery. There is, of course, no limit to the number of cells that can be used and no requirement that the cells be LiPoly type. Advantageously, manufacturers can produce LiPoly batteries in almost any shape that is necessary. These types of batteries, however, must be carefully controlled during the charging process, as overcharging LiPoly batteries quickly causes damages to the cells. Therefore, these batteries must be charged carefully. For this reason, the present invention utilizes an inventive battery protection circuit 702.
[00133] b. Battery Protection
[00134] The battery protection circuit 702 controls charging and discharging of the battery cells 701 and provides battery protection and "fuel gauge" functions, i.e., battery power monitoring.
More particularly, the battery protection circuit 702 provides over-voltage, under-voltage, over-temperature, and over-current monitoring and protection during both the charging and discharging stages. If overcharged, LiPoly batteries cannot only be damaged but can also ignite and/or vent.
More particularly, the battery protection circuit 702 provides over-voltage, under-voltage, over-temperature, and over-current monitoring and protection during both the charging and discharging stages. If overcharged, LiPoly batteries cannot only be damaged but can also ignite and/or vent.
[00135] The "fuel gauge" function of the battery protection circuit 702 limits the discharge of voltage and current, both continuous and transient, on the output of the battery assembly 301.
During charging of the battery cells 701, the fuel gauge can limit the current level fed to the battery cells 701. Alternatively, a battery charging unit can perform this current-limiting function. The fuel gauge also monitors temperature and shuts down the battery assembly 301 when a temperature of the battery cells 701 exceeds a given temperature. The fuel gauge is further able to determine how much total energy is left in the battery cells 701, to determine how much previous charge has been received, to determine an internal impedance of the battery cells 701, to determine current and voltage being output, and more. By using this data, the present invention, through use of inventive algorithms, is able to determine the operational capacity of the battery cells 701 based in part on the chemical attributes of the battery cells 701 and, in particular, to identify when there is not enough battery capacity to safely perform a surgical procedure as described in further detail below.
During charging of the battery cells 701, the fuel gauge can limit the current level fed to the battery cells 701. Alternatively, a battery charging unit can perform this current-limiting function. The fuel gauge also monitors temperature and shuts down the battery assembly 301 when a temperature of the battery cells 701 exceeds a given temperature. The fuel gauge is further able to determine how much total energy is left in the battery cells 701, to determine how much previous charge has been received, to determine an internal impedance of the battery cells 701, to determine current and voltage being output, and more. By using this data, the present invention, through use of inventive algorithms, is able to determine the operational capacity of the battery cells 701 based in part on the chemical attributes of the battery cells 701 and, in particular, to identify when there is not enough battery capacity to safely perform a surgical procedure as described in further detail below.
[00136] c. Battery Controller
[00137] FIG. 11 is a general block circuit diagram illustrating the internal components of the battery controller 703 of FIG. 7. As previously shown in FIG. 7, the battery controller 703 is fed signals and powered through power and communication signal paths 706a-n.
Additionally, the battery controller 703 also provides output power and signals along power and communication signal paths 601a-n. The battery controller 703, according to one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, includes a power supply 1102, SMBus isolation switch(es) 1104, a microcontroller 1106, an audio driver 1108, a user buttons interface 1110, a serial communications transceiver 1112, and a buck converter 1114.
Additionally, the battery controller 703 also provides output power and signals along power and communication signal paths 601a-n. The battery controller 703, according to one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, includes a power supply 1102, SMBus isolation switch(es) 1104, a microcontroller 1106, an audio driver 1108, a user buttons interface 1110, a serial communications transceiver 1112, and a buck converter 1114.
[00138] The power supply 1102 produces various voltage levels at its output, which are used to power the various battery controller components shown in FIG. 11. The SMBus isolation switch(es) 1104 is/are used to disconnect the SMBus lines to the battery protection printed circuit board during charging and when the bus is used for other purposes within the battery controller.
[00139] Microcontroller 1106 is a highly-integrated processing unit that controls the functions of the battery controller 703. Audio driver 1108 produces a signal that ultimately drives the buzzer 802 that is located in the handle assembly 302. The user buttons interface 1110 conditions the signals received from the minimum 804 and maximum 806 activation switches housed within the handle assembly 302. The serial communications transceiver 1112 provides transmission and reception of differential half-duplex communications between the battery controller 703 and the generator 904. Finally, the buck converter 1114 steps down the battery voltage to produce a lower voltage for delivery to the TAG assembly 303 for generation of the ultrasound output signal to the transducer 902. The microcontroller controls the output of the buck regulator by varying or modulating the pulse widths of the input signals to the buck converter (i.e., pulse width modulation (PWM)). The battery controller measures the impedance of the switch and will not activate the system until the impedance detected falls bellow a predetermined threshold. This will eliminate accidental activations due to fluid ingress which are generally detected as higher impedances in the switch that that of a fully closed switch. The present line works on a similar principle, ensuring that the present line is closed through a low enough impedance before the battery is turned on. This is done so that exposure of the present pin to any conducting fluid will not accidentally turn on the battery pack.
[00140] As set forth in detail below, the battery controller 703 facilitates a user interface, e.g., a buzzer 802 and RGB LEDs 906, and converts the output voltage and current output of the buck converter, which output powers the TAG assembly 303 through at least one voltage output path (Vout) 601a-n.
[00141] II. HANDLE ASSEMBLY
[00142] FIG. 8 is a general block schematic diagram illustrating the handle assembly 302 shown in FIG. 3. The handle assembly 302 receives control and power signals over attached power and communication signal paths 601a-n. A second set of power and communication signal paths 602a-n connect to the TAG assembly 303 when it is attached to the handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300. As is explained in detail below, the handle assembly 302 houses the ultrasonic waveguide assembly 304 and provides a portion of the pistol grip that the operator uses to grasp and operate the entire handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300 using, for example, a two-stage switch of button 4608 and trigger 4606 (as introduced in FIG. 46). The handle assembly 302, according to one exemplary embodiment, is provided with a speaker/buzzer 802 capable of receiving a buzzer output signal from the battery assembly 301 through a signal path 601a-n and of producing an audible output, e.g., 65db, suitable for communicating specific device conditions to an operator. These conditions include, for example, successful coupling of assembly components, e.g., battery assembly 301 to handle assembly 302, high, low, or normal operation mode, fault conditions, low battery, device overload, mechanical failure, electrical failure, and others. The handle also includes a Min.
Button switch 804 and a Max. Button switch 806 that, when activated, connects the respective button to ground, which signals the battery controller to start the ultrasonic output in either low or high amplitude mode.
The handle assembly 302 also provides a pass-through interconnect for signals between the battery assembly 301 and the TAG assembly 303.
Button switch 804 and a Max. Button switch 806 that, when activated, connects the respective button to ground, which signals the battery controller to start the ultrasonic output in either low or high amplitude mode.
The handle assembly 302 also provides a pass-through interconnect for signals between the battery assembly 301 and the TAG assembly 303.
[00143] III. TAG
[00144] FIG. 9 is a block and schematic circuit diagram illustrating the TAG
assembly 303 of FIGS. 3 and 5, which houses the transducer 902 and the generator 904. The generator 904 converts DC power from the battery controller 703 into a higher-voltage AC
signal that drives the transducer 902, which converts the electrical signal to mechanical motion.
assembly 303 of FIGS. 3 and 5, which houses the transducer 902 and the generator 904. The generator 904 converts DC power from the battery controller 703 into a higher-voltage AC
signal that drives the transducer 902, which converts the electrical signal to mechanical motion.
[00145] a. Generator
[00146] FIG. 10 is a block circuit diagram illustrating the internal components of the generator 904. The generator 904, according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, includes a power supply 1002, a serial communications transceiver 1004, a microcontroller 1006, a numerically controlled oscillator (NCO) 1008, a push/pull switching amplifier 1010, an output filter/matching network 1012, a motional bridge 1014, a feedback amplifier and buffer(s) 1016, an LED driver 1018, and indicators 906, for example, RGB LEDs. The power supply 1002 receives power from the battery assembly 301 through lines Vbatt and GND of the power signal paths 602a-n and outputs various voltages that are used to power the generator 904. The serial communications transceiver 1004 provides transmission and reception communications between the battery controller 703 and the generator 904, here, through a serial data link Comm+/Comm-of the communication signal paths 602a-n, although this communication can occur through a single line or through a number of lines, in series or in parallel.
[00147] The microcontroller 1006 is a highly integrated processing unit that controls the functions of the generator 904 and is one of two microcontrollers in the system, the other being part of the battery controller 703. In the exemplary embodiment, a serial data link (Comm+, Comm-) exists between the two microcontrollers 1006, 1106 so they can communicate and coordinate their operation. The microcontroller 1006 in the TAG 303 controls generation of the high-voltage waveform driving the piezoelectric transducer 902. The microcontroller 1006 in the battery assembly 301 controls conversion of the DC voltage from the battery cells 701 to a lower DC voltage used by the TAG 303 when generating the high voltage AC to the transducer 902.
The battery microcontroller 1106 regulates the DC output of the battery assembly 301 to control the amplitude of the mechanical motion, and the TAG microcontroller 1006 controls the frequency of the signal that drives the transducer 902. The battery microcontroller 1106 also handles the user interface, and the battery protection circuit 702 monitors the battery cells 701 during system operation.
The battery microcontroller 1106 regulates the DC output of the battery assembly 301 to control the amplitude of the mechanical motion, and the TAG microcontroller 1006 controls the frequency of the signal that drives the transducer 902. The battery microcontroller 1106 also handles the user interface, and the battery protection circuit 702 monitors the battery cells 701 during system operation.
[00148] Direct digital synthesis (DDS) is a technique used to generate a periodic waveform with a precise output frequency that can be changed digitally using a fixed frequency source. The NCO 1008 is a signal source that uses the DDS technique, which can be performed through hardware or software. The fixed frequency input to the DDS is used to generate a clock for the NCO 1008. The output is a series of values that produce a time-varying periodic waveform. A
new output value is generated during each clock cycle.
new output value is generated during each clock cycle.
[00149] The DDS 2200, which is shown in detail in FIG. 22, works by calculating the phase component of the output waveform that is then converted to amplitude, with a new phase value being generated each clock cycle. The phase value is stored in a variable register 2202, which register is referred to herein as the "phase accumulator." During each clock cycle, a fixed number is added to the number stored in the phase accumulator to produce a new phase value.
This fixed number is often referred to as the frequency control word or frequency tuning word because it, along with the clock frequency, determines the output frequency.
The value in the phase accumulator spans one cycle of the periodic output waveform from 0 to 360 degrees, with the value rolling over at 360 degrees.
This fixed number is often referred to as the frequency control word or frequency tuning word because it, along with the clock frequency, determines the output frequency.
The value in the phase accumulator spans one cycle of the periodic output waveform from 0 to 360 degrees, with the value rolling over at 360 degrees.
[00150] The value in the phase accumulator is fed into a phase-to-amplitude converter 2204.
For a sine wave, the amplitude can be computed using the arctangent of the phase value. For high speed applications, the converter usually uses a lookup table to generate the amplitude value from the phase value.
For a sine wave, the amplitude can be computed using the arctangent of the phase value. For high speed applications, the converter usually uses a lookup table to generate the amplitude value from the phase value.
[00151] In a hardware implementation of DDS, the output of the amplitude converter is input to a digital-to-analog converter (DAC) 2206 to generate an analog output signal fout. The analog signal is usually filtered by a band pass or low pass filter to reduce unwanted frequency components in the output waveform.
[00152] As a first example, the value in the phase accumulator 2202 can be set to an integer from 0 to 359. If the frequency tuning word is 1, the value in the phase accumulator 2202 will be incremented by 1 each clock cycle. When the value reaches 359, it rolls over to zero. If the clock frequency is 360 Hz, the frequency of the output waveform will be 1 Hz.
The output will therefore be a series of 360 points during each 1 second period of the output waveform. If the frequency tuning word is changed to 10, the value in the phase accumulator is incremented by 10 each clock cycle, and the output frequency will be 10Hz. The output will therefore be 36 points for each period of the output waveform. If the frequency tuning word is 100, the output frequency will be 100 Hz. In that case, there will be 3.6 points for each output period. Or, more accurately, some cycles of the output waveform will have 3 points and some will have 4 points.
The ratio of cycles with 4 points versus 3 points is 0.6.
The output will therefore be a series of 360 points during each 1 second period of the output waveform. If the frequency tuning word is changed to 10, the value in the phase accumulator is incremented by 10 each clock cycle, and the output frequency will be 10Hz. The output will therefore be 36 points for each period of the output waveform. If the frequency tuning word is 100, the output frequency will be 100 Hz. In that case, there will be 3.6 points for each output period. Or, more accurately, some cycles of the output waveform will have 3 points and some will have 4 points.
The ratio of cycles with 4 points versus 3 points is 0.6.
[00153] As a second example, the value in the phase accumulator 2202 can be a 10 bit number.
The 10 bit number will have 1024 possible values. With a frequency tuning word of 50 and a clock frequency of 1 MHz, the output frequency will be 50*1 MHz/1024 = 48.828 kHz. FIG. 23 illustrates the output 2300 of the DAC 2206 and what the filtered DAC output might look like.
The 10 bit number will have 1024 possible values. With a frequency tuning word of 50 and a clock frequency of 1 MHz, the output frequency will be 50*1 MHz/1024 = 48.828 kHz. FIG. 23 illustrates the output 2300 of the DAC 2206 and what the filtered DAC output might look like.
[00154] If the frequency tuning word is 22, the output frequency is 22*1 MHz/1024 = 21.484 kHz. In this case, FIG. 24 illustrates the output 2400 of the DAC 2206 and what the filtered DAC output might look like. When power is first applied to the generator, the state of the NCO
1008 may be undefined (or the output of the NCO 1008 may not be at a suitable frequency). This could lead to improper operation of the microcontroller. To ensure proper operation of the microcontroller, the NCO 1008 is not used to drive the clock frequency of the microcontroller when power is first applied. A separate oscillator is used. In one exemplary embodiment, the separate oscillator is integrated into the microcontroller. Using this separate oscillator, the microcontroller initializes the various memory locations internal to the microcontroller and those in the NCO 1008. Once the NCO 1008 is operating at a suitable frequency, the microcontroller switches the source of its clock from the separate oscillator to the NCO 1008.
1008 may be undefined (or the output of the NCO 1008 may not be at a suitable frequency). This could lead to improper operation of the microcontroller. To ensure proper operation of the microcontroller, the NCO 1008 is not used to drive the clock frequency of the microcontroller when power is first applied. A separate oscillator is used. In one exemplary embodiment, the separate oscillator is integrated into the microcontroller. Using this separate oscillator, the microcontroller initializes the various memory locations internal to the microcontroller and those in the NCO 1008. Once the NCO 1008 is operating at a suitable frequency, the microcontroller switches the source of its clock from the separate oscillator to the NCO 1008.
[00155] If the frequency tuning word is 400, the output frequency is 400*1 MHz/1024 =
390.625 kHz. In this case, FIG. 25 illustrates the output 2500 of the DAC 2206 and what the filtered DAC output might look like. The output sometimes has 2 points per period and sometimes 3 points. The waveform in FIG. 25 clearly shows the need for a filter to obtain a clean sine wave.
390.625 kHz. In this case, FIG. 25 illustrates the output 2500 of the DAC 2206 and what the filtered DAC output might look like. The output sometimes has 2 points per period and sometimes 3 points. The waveform in FIG. 25 clearly shows the need for a filter to obtain a clean sine wave.
[00156] Referring back to FIG. 10, the push/pull switching amplifier 1010 converts DC power from the battery controller 703 into a higher voltage square wave. The output filter/matching network is a passive filter that changes the square wave from switching amplifier 1010 into a smooth sinusoidal wave suitable for feeding to the transducer 902. The motional bridge 1014 is a circuit that produces a feedback signal in proportion to and in phase with the mechanical motion of the transducer 902 and waveguide assembly 304. The feedback amplifier and buffer(s) 1016 amplifies and buffers the motional feedback signal determined within the motional bridge 1014. As will be explained in greater detail below, the motional bridge 1014 allows the device to run with a constant displacement/amplitude mode and varies the voltage as the load varies. The motional bridge is used to provide amplitude feedback and, by virtue of using this type of feedback, i.e., motional feedback, the system is able to run with constant current.
[00157] In one embodiment, the TAG assembly 303 includes one or more red/green/blue (RGB) LEDs 906, which can be used for a variety of warning and communication purposes. For example green can indicate the device is functioning normally whereas red indicates the device is not functioning normally. It is noted that the placement of the LEDs 906 at the generator 904 in FIG. 9 is only for illustrative purposes. The invention envisions placing the indicators anywhere at the TAG assembly 303.
[00158] Through communicative interaction between the handle assembly 302 and the TAG
assembly 303, in particular, the speaker 802 and the LEDs 906, the inventive handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300 provides full feedback to an operator during use to indicate a plurality of conditions associated with the ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300. For instance, as mentioned above, the speaker/buzzer 802 can provide audible warnings and audible indicators of operational status of the ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300. Similarly, the LEDs 906 can provide visual warnings and visual indicators of operational status of the ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300. As an example, the LEDs 906 can provide an indication of an amount of power remaining within the battery cell(s) 701 or a lack of sufficient power to safely carry out a surgical procedure. For instance, a first color of the LEDs 906 indicates a fully charged battery cell(s) 701, while a second color indicates a partially charged battery cell(s) 701. Alternatively, various blinking patterns or constant on states of the LEDs 906 can provide condition indicators to the user. The LED driver 1018 that is shown in FIG. 10 is an exemplary configuration that provides a constant current when the LEDs 906 are illuminated.
Importantly, all of the feedback indicators to the user are uniquely present on the handheld device and do not require the user to be within range of a remote feedback component that is away from the surgical field of vision or outside of the sterile field. This eliminates the requirement for the physician to shift his/her attention from the surgical field to a remote location to verify the nature of the feedback signal.
assembly 303, in particular, the speaker 802 and the LEDs 906, the inventive handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300 provides full feedback to an operator during use to indicate a plurality of conditions associated with the ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300. For instance, as mentioned above, the speaker/buzzer 802 can provide audible warnings and audible indicators of operational status of the ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300. Similarly, the LEDs 906 can provide visual warnings and visual indicators of operational status of the ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300. As an example, the LEDs 906 can provide an indication of an amount of power remaining within the battery cell(s) 701 or a lack of sufficient power to safely carry out a surgical procedure. For instance, a first color of the LEDs 906 indicates a fully charged battery cell(s) 701, while a second color indicates a partially charged battery cell(s) 701. Alternatively, various blinking patterns or constant on states of the LEDs 906 can provide condition indicators to the user. The LED driver 1018 that is shown in FIG. 10 is an exemplary configuration that provides a constant current when the LEDs 906 are illuminated.
Importantly, all of the feedback indicators to the user are uniquely present on the handheld device and do not require the user to be within range of a remote feedback component that is away from the surgical field of vision or outside of the sterile field. This eliminates the requirement for the physician to shift his/her attention from the surgical field to a remote location to verify the nature of the feedback signal.
[00159] b. Transducer
[00160] A transducer 902 is an electro-mechanical device that converts electrical signals to physical movement. In a broader sense, a transducer 902 is sometimes defined as any device that converts a signal from one form to another. An analogous transducer device is an audio speaker, which converts electrical voltage variations representing music or speech to mechanical cone vibration. The speaker cone, in turn, vibrates air molecules to create acoustical energy. In the present invention, a driving wave 1400 (described below) is input to the transducer 902, which then converts that electrical input to a physical output that imparts movement to the waveguide 1502 (also described below). As will be shown with regard to FIG. 15, this movement sets up a standing wave on the waveguide 1502, resulting in motion at the end of the waveguide 1502. For purposes of the present invention, transducer 902 is a piezo-electric device that converts electrical energy into mechanical motion.
[00161] As is known, crystals in piezoelectric transducers expand when voltage is applied. In a transducer configuration according to the invention, as illustrated for example in FIG. 55, the crystals are clamped into a crystal stack 5502. A clamp bolt 5504 in this configuration acts as a spring if it is set to pre-compress the crystal stack 5502. As such, when the crystal stack 5502 is caused to expand by imparting a voltage across the stack 5502, the clamp bolt 5504 forces the stack 5502 back to its original, pre-compressed position (i.e., it retracts).
Alternatively, the clamp bolt 5504 can be torqued so that there is no pre-compression on the stack 5502 and, in such a case, the bolt will still act as a spring to pull the back mass towards it original position.
Exemplary configurations of the transducer can be a so-called Langevin transducer, a bolt-clamp Langevin transducer, or a bolt-clamped sandwich-type transducer.
Alternatively, the clamp bolt 5504 can be torqued so that there is no pre-compression on the stack 5502 and, in such a case, the bolt will still act as a spring to pull the back mass towards it original position.
Exemplary configurations of the transducer can be a so-called Langevin transducer, a bolt-clamp Langevin transducer, or a bolt-clamped sandwich-type transducer.
[00162] IV. SIGNAL PATH
[00163] FIG. 12 is a block diagram illustrating the signal path between the battery assembly 301 and the TAG assembly 303. First, a DC-DC step-down converter 1202 steps the voltage from the battery cells 701 down from a first voltage to a second, lower voltage.
The DC-DC step-down converter 1202 includes the multi- or variable-phase (depending on amount of power needed) buck converter 1114 and the battery microcontroller 1106, which are both shown in FIG.
11 within the battery assembly 301. The battery microcontroller 1106 controls the buck converter 1114 to regulate the DC voltage fed to the TAG assembly 303.
Together, the buck converter 1114 and the microcontroller 1106 perform the DC to DC conversion function in the battery assembly 301. In an exemplary embodiment of the invention, a two-phase buck converter 1114 is used. Another exemplary embodiment can utilize a buck converter having additional phases. In such a case, phase shedding can be employed. The number of phases used can change dynamically to keep the converter operating at optimal efficiency, which is a consideration for a battery powered device. In other words, when less output power is required, the power losses internal to the converter can be reduced by reducing the number of active phases.
The DC-DC step-down converter 1202 includes the multi- or variable-phase (depending on amount of power needed) buck converter 1114 and the battery microcontroller 1106, which are both shown in FIG.
11 within the battery assembly 301. The battery microcontroller 1106 controls the buck converter 1114 to regulate the DC voltage fed to the TAG assembly 303.
Together, the buck converter 1114 and the microcontroller 1106 perform the DC to DC conversion function in the battery assembly 301. In an exemplary embodiment of the invention, a two-phase buck converter 1114 is used. Another exemplary embodiment can utilize a buck converter having additional phases. In such a case, phase shedding can be employed. The number of phases used can change dynamically to keep the converter operating at optimal efficiency, which is a consideration for a battery powered device. In other words, when less output power is required, the power losses internal to the converter can be reduced by reducing the number of active phases.
[00164] The DC output voltage from the battery assembly 301 powers the push/pull switching amplifier 1010 in the TAG assembly 303, which assembly 303 converts the DC
signal to a higher voltage AC signal. The TAG microcontroller 1006 controls the amplifier 1010.
The output voltage of the push pull switching amplifier 1010 is, in general, a square wave, an example of which is shown in FIG. 13, which waveform 1300 is undesirable because it is injurious to certain components, in particular, to the transducer 902. Specifically, the abrupt rising and falling edges of a square wave cause corresponding abrupt starts and stops of the ultrasonic waveguide to produce a damaging "rattling" affect on the waveguide. The square wave 1300 also generates interference between components. For example, higher additional harmonic frequencies of a square wave can create unwanted electrical interference and undesired operation of the circuit(s).
This is in contrast to a pure sine wave, which only has one frequency.
signal to a higher voltage AC signal. The TAG microcontroller 1006 controls the amplifier 1010.
The output voltage of the push pull switching amplifier 1010 is, in general, a square wave, an example of which is shown in FIG. 13, which waveform 1300 is undesirable because it is injurious to certain components, in particular, to the transducer 902. Specifically, the abrupt rising and falling edges of a square wave cause corresponding abrupt starts and stops of the ultrasonic waveguide to produce a damaging "rattling" affect on the waveguide. The square wave 1300 also generates interference between components. For example, higher additional harmonic frequencies of a square wave can create unwanted electrical interference and undesired operation of the circuit(s).
This is in contrast to a pure sine wave, which only has one frequency.
[00165] To eliminate the square wave, a wave shaping or matching circuit 1012 (sometimes referred to as a "tank circuit") is introduced. The tank circuit 1012 includes such components as, for example, an inductor, along with a capacitor in conjunction with the transducer capacitance, and filters the square wave into a smooth sine wave, which is used to drive the transducer 902 in a way that produces non-damaging ultrasonic motion at the waveguide. An exemplary sine wave 1400 suitable for driving the transducer 902 is shown in FIG. 14. The matching circuit 1012, in one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, is a series L-C circuit and is controlled by the well-known principles of Kirchhoff s circuit laws. However, any matching circuit can be used to produce a smooth sine wave 1400 suitable for driving the transducer 902. In addition, other driving signals can be output from the matching circuit 1012 that are not smooth sine waves but are useful for driving the transducer 902 in a way that is less injurious than a square wave.
[00166] In practice, the matching network 1012 is tuned to match a particular transducer to which it feeds. Therefore, transducers and matching networks are best matched if they remain as a pair and are not placed in combination with other device. In addition, if each transducer 902 had its own matching network, the smart battery 301 could feed different frequencies to the different transducers, the frequencies being respectively matched to a particular blade in a waveguide assembly 304. Two popular frequencies for ultrasonic surgery devices are 55kHz and 40kHz.
[00167] V. RESONANCE
[00168] FIG. 15 is a diagrammatic illustration of the affect that a resonant sine wave input to the transducer 902 has on the waveguide 1502 of the ultrasonic cutting device. In accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the sinusoidal pattern shown by the dotted lines in FIG. 15 represents the amplitude of axial motion along the length of the waveguide 1502, which is coupled to the transducer 902. Responding to a rising portion 1402 of the driving sine wave 1400 (shown in FIG. 14), the stack expands in a first direction 1508.
During the negative portion 1404 of the driving wave 1400 (shown in FIG. 14), the pre-compression or the induced compression of the stack returns the stack to its steady-state, i.e., the portion 1504 of the transducer 902 is moved in a second direction 1512. As stated above, a smooth sine wave 1400, in contrast to the square wave 1300, allows the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502 to slow before changing directions. The smoother movement is less injurious to the device's components.
During the negative portion 1404 of the driving wave 1400 (shown in FIG. 14), the pre-compression or the induced compression of the stack returns the stack to its steady-state, i.e., the portion 1504 of the transducer 902 is moved in a second direction 1512. As stated above, a smooth sine wave 1400, in contrast to the square wave 1300, allows the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502 to slow before changing directions. The smoother movement is less injurious to the device's components.
[00169] The alternating movement 1508, 1512 of the transducer portion 1504 places a sinusoidal wave 1514 along the length of the waveguide 1502. The wave 1514 alternatively pulls the distal end 1520 of the waveguide 1502 toward the transducer 902 and pushes it away from the transducer 902, thereby longitudinally moving distal end 1520 of the waveguide 1502 along distance 1518. The tip of the waveguide 1502 is considered an "anti-node," as it is a moving point of the sine wave 1514. The resulting movement of the waveguide 1502 produces a "sawing" movement along distance 1518 at the distal end 1520 of the waveguide 1502. (The wave 1514 and linear movement along distance 1518 are greatly exaggerated in FIG. 15 for ease of discussion.) This high-speed movement along distance 1518, as is known in the art, provides a cutting instrument that is able to easily slice through many materials, in particular, tissue and bone. The rapidly moving distal end 1520 of the waveguide 1502 also generates a great deal of frictional heat when so stimulated, which heat is absorbed by the tissue that the waveguide 1502 is cutting. This heat is sufficient to cause rapid cauterization of the blood vessels within the tissue being cut.
[00170] If the driving wave 1514 traveling along the waveguide 1502 is not a resonant wave, there will be no standing wave, which means that are no nodes or antinodes.
This means that there is very little motion. There also exists the possibility of operating the device at an incorrect resonant frequency. Operating at the wrong resonance can produce, for example, undesirable motion such as "slapping." In such a case, the distal end 1520 of the waveguide 1502 moves transverse to the longitudinal axis of the waveguide 1502. Any incorrect mode is not ideal and is unreliable for providing adequate cutting and surgical cautery. The invention, however, as is explained below, utilizes a phase locked loop (PLL) in the generator 904 to ensure that the movement 1508, 1512 of the waveguide 1502 remains resonant along the waveguide 1502 by monitoring the phase between the motional current and motional voltage waveforms fed to the transducer 902 and sending a correction signal back to the generator 904. The TAG
microcontroller 1006 controls the frequency and ensures it is in the proper range so as not to excite an undesired resonant frequency. As an added feature, the present invention can be provided with piezo-electric crystal stacks 1504 that are cut in varying planes, thereby creating a torsional, or twisting motion of the blade rather than only a sawing motion.
The present invention can easily be adapted to a full set of uses using requiring a drilling-type motion instead of or with the sawing motion just described.
This means that there is very little motion. There also exists the possibility of operating the device at an incorrect resonant frequency. Operating at the wrong resonance can produce, for example, undesirable motion such as "slapping." In such a case, the distal end 1520 of the waveguide 1502 moves transverse to the longitudinal axis of the waveguide 1502. Any incorrect mode is not ideal and is unreliable for providing adequate cutting and surgical cautery. The invention, however, as is explained below, utilizes a phase locked loop (PLL) in the generator 904 to ensure that the movement 1508, 1512 of the waveguide 1502 remains resonant along the waveguide 1502 by monitoring the phase between the motional current and motional voltage waveforms fed to the transducer 902 and sending a correction signal back to the generator 904. The TAG
microcontroller 1006 controls the frequency and ensures it is in the proper range so as not to excite an undesired resonant frequency. As an added feature, the present invention can be provided with piezo-electric crystal stacks 1504 that are cut in varying planes, thereby creating a torsional, or twisting motion of the blade rather than only a sawing motion.
The present invention can easily be adapted to a full set of uses using requiring a drilling-type motion instead of or with the sawing motion just described.
[00171] As just explained, ideally, the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502 are driven at their resonant frequency. Resonance is achieved when current and voltage are substantially in phase at the input of the transducer 902. For this reason, the generator 904 uses the PLL and the signals derived from the current and voltage input to the transducer 902 to synchronize the current and voltage with one another. However, instead of simply matching the phase of the input current to the phase of the input voltage, the present invention matches the current phase with a phase of the "motional" voltage and/or matches the input voltage phase with a phase of the "motional"
current. To accomplish this, a motional bridge circuit is used to measure the mechanical motion of the transducer and waveguide and to provide feedback as to the operation of the transducer and waveguide. The motional feedback signal from the bridge is proportional to and in phase with the motion of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502.
current. To accomplish this, a motional bridge circuit is used to measure the mechanical motion of the transducer and waveguide and to provide feedback as to the operation of the transducer and waveguide. The motional feedback signal from the bridge is proportional to and in phase with the motion of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502.
[00172] VI. MOTIONAL CONTROL
[00173] a. Transducer Circuit Model
[00174] FIG. 16 is a schematic circuit diagram of a model transducer 1600, such as transducer 902, which contains piezo-electric material. Piezo-electric transducers are well known in the art.
The mass and stiffness of the piezo-electric material creates a mechanically resonant structure within the transducer. Due to the piezo-electric effect, these mechanical properties manifest themselves as electrically equivalent properties. In other words, the electrical resonant frequency seen at the electrical terminals is equal to the mechanical resonant frequency. As shown in FIG.
16, the mechanical mass, stiffness, and damping of the transducer 902 may be represented by a series configuration of an inductor/coil L, a capacitor C2, and a resistor R, all in parallel with another capacitor C1. The electrical equivalent transducer model 1700 is quite similar to the well-known model for a crystal.
The mass and stiffness of the piezo-electric material creates a mechanically resonant structure within the transducer. Due to the piezo-electric effect, these mechanical properties manifest themselves as electrically equivalent properties. In other words, the electrical resonant frequency seen at the electrical terminals is equal to the mechanical resonant frequency. As shown in FIG.
16, the mechanical mass, stiffness, and damping of the transducer 902 may be represented by a series configuration of an inductor/coil L, a capacitor C2, and a resistor R, all in parallel with another capacitor C1. The electrical equivalent transducer model 1700 is quite similar to the well-known model for a crystal.
[00175] Flowing into an input 1610 of the electrical equivalent transducer model 1600 is a transducer current iT. A portion ic of i flows across the parallel capacitor C1, which is of a type and value that, for the majority of the expected frequency range, retains a substantially static capacitive value. The remainder of iT, which is defined as im, is simply iT ¨
ic and is the actual working current. This remainder current 44 is referred to herein as the "motional" current. That is, the motional current is that current actually performing the work to move the waveguide 1502.
ic and is the actual working current. This remainder current 44 is referred to herein as the "motional" current. That is, the motional current is that current actually performing the work to move the waveguide 1502.
[00176] Known prior-art designs regulate and synchronize with the total current iT, which includes ic and is not an indicator of the amount of current actually causing the motion of the waveguide 1502 of the transducer 902. For instance, when the blade of a prior-art device moves from soft tissue to denser material, such as other tissue or bone, the resistance R increases greatly. This increase in resistance R causes less current im to flow through the series configuration R-L-C2, and more current ic to flow across capacitive element C1. In such a case, the waveguide 1502 slows down, degrading its performance. It may be understood by those skilled in the art that regulating the overall current is not an effective way to maintain a constant waveguide displacement. As such, one novel embodiment of the present invention advantageously monitors and regulates the motional current 44 flowing through the transducer 902. By regulating the motional current 44, the movement distance of the waveguide 1502 can be regulated easily.
[00177] b. Series Circuit Model
[00178] FIG. 17 is a schematic circuit diagram of an inventive circuit 1700 useful for understanding how to obtain the motional current 44 of the transducer 902. The circuit 1700 has all of the circuit elements of the transducer model 1600 plus an additional bridging capacitive element CB in parallel with the transducer model 1600 of FIG. 16. However, the value of CB is selected so that Cl/CB is equal to a given ratio r. For efficiency, the chosen value for CB should be relatively low. This limits the current that is diverted from im. A
variable power source VT is applied across the terminals 1702 and 1704 of the circuit 1700, creating a current iB through the capacitive element CB, a current iT flowing into the model transducer 1600, a current ic flowing through capacitor C1, and, finally, the motional current im. It then follows that im = iT ¨ r = iB.
This is because:
aVr C1 Fir Ft1)"
B B = - = ___ and ic= CI __ a, r a, Therefore, ic = r = iB and, substituting for ic in the equation im = iT ¨ ic, leads to: im = iT ¨ r = 113.
variable power source VT is applied across the terminals 1702 and 1704 of the circuit 1700, creating a current iB through the capacitive element CB, a current iT flowing into the model transducer 1600, a current ic flowing through capacitor C1, and, finally, the motional current im. It then follows that im = iT ¨ r = iB.
This is because:
aVr C1 Fir Ft1)"
B B = - = ___ and ic= CI __ a, r a, Therefore, ic = r = iB and, substituting for ic in the equation im = iT ¨ ic, leads to: im = iT ¨ r = 113.
[00179] Now, by knowing only the total current and measuring the current through the bridge capacitor iB, variations of the transducer's motional current im can be identified and regulated.
The driver circuit, represented by block 2708 and the transformer 2710 in FIG.
27, is included in the push-pull switching amplifier 1010 of FIG. 10. The driver circuit, then, acts as a current controller and regulates the motional current im by varying an output of the driver circuit based on the product of the current flowing through the bridge capacitance CB
multiplied by the ratio r subtracted from a total current IT flowing into the transducer 902. This regulation maintains a substantially constant rate of movement of the cutting blade portion of the waveguide 1502 across a variety of cutting loads ¨ something that has not been possible to date. In one exemplary embodiment, sensing circuits 1014 measure the motional voltage and/or motional current.
Current and voltage measuring devices and circuit configurations for creating voltage meters and current meters are known in the art. Values of current and voltage can be determined by the present invention in any way now known or later developed, without limitation.
The driver circuit, represented by block 2708 and the transformer 2710 in FIG.
27, is included in the push-pull switching amplifier 1010 of FIG. 10. The driver circuit, then, acts as a current controller and regulates the motional current im by varying an output of the driver circuit based on the product of the current flowing through the bridge capacitance CB
multiplied by the ratio r subtracted from a total current IT flowing into the transducer 902. This regulation maintains a substantially constant rate of movement of the cutting blade portion of the waveguide 1502 across a variety of cutting loads ¨ something that has not been possible to date. In one exemplary embodiment, sensing circuits 1014 measure the motional voltage and/or motional current.
Current and voltage measuring devices and circuit configurations for creating voltage meters and current meters are known in the art. Values of current and voltage can be determined by the present invention in any way now known or later developed, without limitation.
[00180] Regulation of the motional current im is a true way to maintain the integrity of the instrument and ensure that it will operate at its peak performance under substantially all conditions expected in an operating environment. In addition, such regulation provides these advantages within a package small enough and light enough to be easily held in one hand ¨ a configuration that has never occurred in the field.
[00181] c. Transducer Circuit Model
[00182] FIG. 18 shows another embodiment of the present invention, where the transducer 902 is schematically represented as a parallel configuration of a resistive element R, an inductive element L, and a capacitive element C4. An additional capacitive element C3 is in a series configuration between an input 1702 and the parallel configuration of the resistive element R, the inductive element L, and the capacitive element C4. This parallel representation models the action of the transducer in a so-called "antiresonant" mode of operation, which occurs at a slightly different frequency. A transducer voltage VT is applied between the input terminals 1702, 1704 of the transducer 902. The transducer voltage VT is split between a voltage Vc across capacitive element C3 and a motional voltage Vm across the parallel configuration of the resistive element R, the inductive element L, and the capacitive element C4. It is the motional voltage Vm that performs the work and causes the waveguide 1502 to move. Therefore, in this exemplary embodiment, it is the motional voltage that is to be carefully regulated.
[00183] d. Parallel Circuit Model
[00184] FIG. 19 shows an exemplary embodiment of an inventive circuit configuration 1900, according to the present invention including the transducer model 1800 of FIG.
18. The circuit configuration 1900 adds to the transducer model 1800 three additional capacitive elements C5, C6, and C7. Capacitive element C5 is in series with the transducer model circuit 1800 of FIG. 18 while the capacitive elements C6 and C7 are in series with one another and, together, are in parallel with the series combination of the capacitive element C5 and the transducer circuit model 1800.
18. The circuit configuration 1900 adds to the transducer model 1800 three additional capacitive elements C5, C6, and C7. Capacitive element C5 is in series with the transducer model circuit 1800 of FIG. 18 while the capacitive elements C6 and C7 are in series with one another and, together, are in parallel with the series combination of the capacitive element C5 and the transducer circuit model 1800.
[00185] This circuit is analogous to a Wheatstone bridge measuring instrument.
Wheatstone bridge circuits are used to measure an unknown electrical resistance by balancing two legs of a bridge circuit, one leg of which includes the unknown component. In the exemplary circuit configuration shown in FIG. 10, a motional voltage Vm, which equals VT ¨ VC, is the unknown.
By determining and regulating the motional voltage Vm, the inventive configuration allows a consistent waveguide movement to be maintained as set forth below.
Wheatstone bridge circuits are used to measure an unknown electrical resistance by balancing two legs of a bridge circuit, one leg of which includes the unknown component. In the exemplary circuit configuration shown in FIG. 10, a motional voltage Vm, which equals VT ¨ VC, is the unknown.
By determining and regulating the motional voltage Vm, the inventive configuration allows a consistent waveguide movement to be maintained as set forth below.
[00186] Advantageously, the capacitive element C7 is selected so that its value is a ratio A of capacitive element C3, with A being less than one. Likewise, the capacitive element C6 is selected so that its value is the same ratio A of the capacitive element C5.
The ratio of C5/C3 is also the ratio A.
The ratio of C5/C3 is also the ratio A.
[00187] Because the ratio of C3/C7 is A and the ratio of C5/C6 is also A, the bridge is balanced.
It then follows that the feedback voltage Vfb divided by the motional voltage Vm is also the ratio A. Therefore, V,, can be represented as simply A = V.
It then follows that the feedback voltage Vfb divided by the motional voltage Vm is also the ratio A. Therefore, V,, can be represented as simply A = V.
[00188] If the voltage across the model transducer 1800 is still VT, an input voltage V,õ equals VT plus the voltage VB across the capacitive element C5. The feedback voltage VFB is measured from a first point located between capacitive elements C6 and C7 and a second point located between the transducer and the capacitive element C5. Now, the upstream components of the TAG assembly 303 act as a voltage controller and vary the power Vil, to maintain a constant feedback voltage Vit), resulting in a substantially constant motional voltage and maintaining a substantially constant rate of movement of the cutting blade portion of the waveguide 1502 across a variety of cutting loads. Again, unlike the prior art, the present invention is not simply regulating the input voltage V,n, it is varying the input voltage V,n for the purpose of regulating the motional voltage Vm -- which is novel in the art.
[00189] e. Transformer Series Monitoring
[00190] FIG. 20 shows another exemplary embodiment of the present invention where the transducer 902 is of the circuit configuration shown in FIG. 16. The configuration of FIG. 20 works similarly to that shown in FIG. 17 and as described above in connection with FIG. 17.
However, in this circuit configuration 2000, a pair of transformers 2004 and 2008 is used to determine and monitor the motional current Im. In this exemplary embodiment, a primary winding 2002 of the first transformer 2004 is in a series configuration with a bridge capacitor CB.
Similarly, a primary winding 2006 of the second transformer 2008 is in a series configuration with the model transducer 1600. The leads 2010, 2012 of the secondary winding 2014 of the first transformer 2004 are coupled through a resistor R2. The leads 2016, 2018 of the secondary winding 2020 of the second transformer 2008 are coupled through a resistor R1.
In addition, the first lead 2010 of the secondary winding 2014 of the first transformer 2004 is directly connected to the first lead 2016 of the secondary winding 2020 of the second transformer 2008.
However, in this circuit configuration 2000, a pair of transformers 2004 and 2008 is used to determine and monitor the motional current Im. In this exemplary embodiment, a primary winding 2002 of the first transformer 2004 is in a series configuration with a bridge capacitor CB.
Similarly, a primary winding 2006 of the second transformer 2008 is in a series configuration with the model transducer 1600. The leads 2010, 2012 of the secondary winding 2014 of the first transformer 2004 are coupled through a resistor R2. The leads 2016, 2018 of the secondary winding 2020 of the second transformer 2008 are coupled through a resistor R1.
In addition, the first lead 2010 of the secondary winding 2014 of the first transformer 2004 is directly connected to the first lead 2016 of the secondary winding 2020 of the second transformer 2008.
[00191] Current iB passing through the primary winding 2002 of the first transformer 2004 induces a current in the secondary winding 2014 of the first transformer 2004.
Similarly, the currents including ic passing through the capacitive element C1 of the transducer 1600 and the motional current im of the transducer 1600 combine and go through the primary winding 2006 of the second transformer 2008 to find ground 2022. The current in the primary winding 2006 induces a current on the secondary winding 2020. As noted by the dots ("=") on the transformers 2004, 2008, the secondary windings 2014, 2020 are in opposite directions from one another, with reference to the primary windings 2002, 2006, respectively, and induce a voltage Vth across resistors R1 and R2. By selecting values for R1 and R2 so that a ratio of RI/R2 is equal to the ratio of the values CB/Cl, the feedback voltage Vth will always be proportional to the motional current im. Now, the upstream components of the generator 904 act as a voltage controller and vary the input power (V,,, and Li) to maintain a constant feedback voltage Vth, resulting in a substantially constant motional current im and maintaining a substantially constant rate of movement of the cutting blade portion of the waveguide 1502 across a variety of cutting loads.
Again, unlike the prior art, the present invention is not simply regulating the input voltage vin, it is varying the input current I,n for the purpose of regulating the motional current im --which is novel in the art.
Similarly, the currents including ic passing through the capacitive element C1 of the transducer 1600 and the motional current im of the transducer 1600 combine and go through the primary winding 2006 of the second transformer 2008 to find ground 2022. The current in the primary winding 2006 induces a current on the secondary winding 2020. As noted by the dots ("=") on the transformers 2004, 2008, the secondary windings 2014, 2020 are in opposite directions from one another, with reference to the primary windings 2002, 2006, respectively, and induce a voltage Vth across resistors R1 and R2. By selecting values for R1 and R2 so that a ratio of RI/R2 is equal to the ratio of the values CB/Cl, the feedback voltage Vth will always be proportional to the motional current im. Now, the upstream components of the generator 904 act as a voltage controller and vary the input power (V,,, and Li) to maintain a constant feedback voltage Vth, resulting in a substantially constant motional current im and maintaining a substantially constant rate of movement of the cutting blade portion of the waveguide 1502 across a variety of cutting loads.
Again, unlike the prior art, the present invention is not simply regulating the input voltage vin, it is varying the input current I,n for the purpose of regulating the motional current im --which is novel in the art.
[00192] f. Transformer Parallel Monitoring
[00193] FIG. 21 shows another exemplary embodiment of the present invention where the model transducer 1800 is modeled by the circuit configuration shown in FIG.
18. The configuration of FIG. 21 works similarly to that shown in FIG. 19 and as described above in connection with FIG. 19. However, in this circuit configuration 2100, a transformer 2110 is used to determine and monitor the motional voltage Vm of the transducer 1800. In this embodiment, a primary winding 2106 of the transformer 2110 is in a series circuit configuration with an inductive element L2 and a capacitive element C1. A voltage V,õ is applied across input leads 2102, 2104 of the circuit formed by the primary winding 2106 of the transformer 2110, the inductive element L2, and the capacitive element C1. A current through the primary winding 2106 induces a corresponding current in the secondary winding 2108 of the transformer 2110.
The secondary winding 2108 of the transformer 2110 is in a parallel configuration with a combination of the transducer 1800 and a bridge capacitor CB. The two components forming the combination are in a series configuration.
18. The configuration of FIG. 21 works similarly to that shown in FIG. 19 and as described above in connection with FIG. 19. However, in this circuit configuration 2100, a transformer 2110 is used to determine and monitor the motional voltage Vm of the transducer 1800. In this embodiment, a primary winding 2106 of the transformer 2110 is in a series circuit configuration with an inductive element L2 and a capacitive element C1. A voltage V,õ is applied across input leads 2102, 2104 of the circuit formed by the primary winding 2106 of the transformer 2110, the inductive element L2, and the capacitive element C1. A current through the primary winding 2106 induces a corresponding current in the secondary winding 2108 of the transformer 2110.
The secondary winding 2108 of the transformer 2110 is in a parallel configuration with a combination of the transducer 1800 and a bridge capacitor CB. The two components forming the combination are in a series configuration.
[00194] In this embodiment, the secondary winding 2108 is tapped at a point 2112. By tapping the secondary winding 2108 at a point where a first portion of the secondary winding 2108 has m turns and a second portion of the secondary winding 2108 has n turns (where n is less than m), a selectable percentage of the induced voltage on the secondary winding 2108 appears from point 2112 to ground 2114.
[00195] Again, this circuit is analogous to a Wheatstone bridge measuring instrument. One leg is the first secondary winding m, the second leg is the second secondary winding n, the third leg is the transducer model 1800, and the fourth leg is the capacitor CB. In the instant circuit configuration shown in FIG. 21, the voltage Vm is the unknown. By determining and regulating the motional voltage Vm, a consistent waveguide movement is maintained.
[00196] By selecting a value of the bridge capacitor CB to be less than the transducer capacitance C3 by the same percentage that the number of turns n is less than the number of turns m (i.e., min = C3/CB), the value of a feedback voltage Vth will reflect the motional voltage Vm.
The invention can determine whether the motional voltage Vm is changing by monitoring the feedback voltage Vfb for changes.
The invention can determine whether the motional voltage Vm is changing by monitoring the feedback voltage Vfb for changes.
[00197] By using the equivalent-circuit transducer model 1800, which models a parallel-resonant (or "anti-resonant") transducer, the transducer may be driven in the parallel resonant mode of operation, where motion is proportional to voltage. The advantage of this mode of operation is that the required constant-voltage-mode power supply is simpler to design and safer to operate than a constant-current-mode power supply. Also, because the transducer has a higher impedance when unloaded (rather than a lower impedance when unloaded in the series-resonant mode of operation), it naturally tends to draw less power when unloaded. The parallel-resonant mode of operation, however, is more difficult to maintain because the resonant bandwidth is narrower than that of the series-resonant mode and has a slightly different natural resonant frequency; hence, the mechanical components of the device must be specifically configured to operate at either the series resonant or parallel-resonant mode of operation.
[00198] The present invention controls the voltage and varies the power V,n to maintain a constant feedback voltage Vfb, resulting in a substantially constant motional voltage Vm and maintains a substantially constant rate of movement of the cutting blade portion of the waveguide 1502 across a variety of cutting loads. Again, unlike the prior art, the present invention is not simply regulating the input voltage Vin, it is varying the input voltage for the purpose of regulating the motional voltage Vm -- which is novel in the art.
[00199] In accordance with the present invention, the microcontroller 1006 in the TAG 303 monitors the feedback signal through motional bridge 1014 to generate the signal that goes to the primary side of transformer 1010. The TAG microcontroller 1006 calculates (in the CLA 912) the phase difference between these signals and adjusts the NCO 1008 output to make the phase difference equal to zero. When the motional feedback signal is in phase with the output of the push-pull switching amplifier 1010, the system is operating at series resonance. The phase and magnitude of the motional feedback signal is computed using a discrete Fourier transform (DFT).
In one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the phase reference for the DFT
computation is the drive signal for the push-pull amplifier 1010. The frequency can be changed to cause the push-pull drive signal to be in phase with the motional feedback signal.
In one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the phase reference for the DFT
computation is the drive signal for the push-pull amplifier 1010. The frequency can be changed to cause the push-pull drive signal to be in phase with the motional feedback signal.
[00200] According to one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, if the phase of the motional feedback signal is positive, it is an indication the running frequency is below the resonant frequency and the running frequency should be increased; if the phase is negative, it is an indication the running frequency is above the resonant frequency and the running frequency should be decreased; if the phase is close to zero, the running frequency is close to the resonant frequency of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502. In the generator 904, the (utilizing DDS) is used to alter the frequency appropriately.
[00201] Significantly, the NCO 1008 outputs a clock to the CPU's external clock input at a frequency, for example, 6 times less that the operating frequency of the TAG
microcontroller 1006. The external frequency input is fed into the processor's Phase Lock Loop (PLL) and multiplied by a factor of 6 to obtain the CPU's SYSCLK. The NCO 1008 is controlled by the processor through an SPI interface. The SPI interface is used to write a 32-bit divisor to the NCO 1008 that is used to divide the 25-MHz fixed frequency clock to obtain the desired output frequency. By controlling the DDS 2200, the TAG provides synchronized operation of hardware with the oscillation frequency. In other words, to the main processor 914, it appears as though the frequency is constant, thereby simplifying the sampling and calculation of the motion feedback phase.
microcontroller 1006. The external frequency input is fed into the processor's Phase Lock Loop (PLL) and multiplied by a factor of 6 to obtain the CPU's SYSCLK. The NCO 1008 is controlled by the processor through an SPI interface. The SPI interface is used to write a 32-bit divisor to the NCO 1008 that is used to divide the 25-MHz fixed frequency clock to obtain the desired output frequency. By controlling the DDS 2200, the TAG provides synchronized operation of hardware with the oscillation frequency. In other words, to the main processor 914, it appears as though the frequency is constant, thereby simplifying the sampling and calculation of the motion feedback phase.
[00202] VII. STARTUP OPERATION
[00203] Startup conditions are different than those during steady state operation, which is described in detail in the following section. At startup, the waveguide 1502 is initially at rest and, therefore, there is no waveguide motion. Accordingly, there is no immediate, ascertainable motional feedback signal that can be used to determine the composite resonant frequency of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502. As a result, the inventive system has an ability to operate in a different mode during an initial startup period than during steady state.
[00204] A startup procedure according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention is represented in the process flow diagram of FIG. 72, which illustrates an interchange between the battery controller 703 and the generator 904 of the TAG assembly 303. In this particular embodiment, as described in detail below, the relationship between the battery controller and generator can be described as a "master-and-slave" relationship, as the battery controller issues all commands to the generator 904 and the generator 904 receives all of its instructions from the battery controller 703. Alternatively, the generator 904 of the TAG assembly 303 could act as the "master" and issue all commands to the battery controller 703, or, the generator 904 of the TAG assembly 303 and the battery controller 703 may function as peers.
[00205] Prior to activation, both the battery controller 703 and the generator 904 are idle at steps 7201 and 7202, respectively. In step 7203, the battery controller 703 is awakened out of its idle condition, for example, by the user squeezing the button/trigger 4608. To begin the exchange between the battery controller 703 and the generator 904, the battery controller 703 relays a signal, such as an "ULTRASOUND ON" command 7205, to the generator 904 using the communication lines 602a-n (i.e., Comm+/Comm-). If operating properly, the generator acknowledges the command 7205 received from the battery controller 703 and, in return, signals a positive response 7204, such as an "ULTRASOUND ON" response, to the battery controller 703 using the communication lines 602a-n (i.e., Comm+/Comm-). However, if the generator 904 does not positively respond to the initial command 7205 from the battery controller 703 before a specific period of time has lapsed (e.g., 10 ms), the battery controller issues a fault condition at step 7207, such as a "FAILURE TO START" condition, and terminates the operation cycle at step 7209. At such time, appropriate indicators can be actuated.
[00206] a. Current and Amplitude Control
[00207] If there is a successful acknowledgment by the generator 904 of the "ULTRASOUND
ON" command 7205 sent from the battery controller 703, the microcontroller 1106 in the battery controller 703 initiates a process for quickly and safely advancing the current rate in the TAG
assembly 303 and resulting in a resonant motion output from the TAG assembly 303 to the waveguide 1502. Advancement proceeds from an idle condition to a level predicted to be within a "ballpark window" for producing an ascertainable motional feedback signal and achieving a beginning resonant frequency condition. As shown in FIG. 11, the microcontroller 1106 in the battery controller 703 has two processing units. A first processing unit, the Control Law Accelerator ("CLA") 1116, handles a first, inner, current-control loop 2601 (see FIG. 26), and the second processing unit, a main processor 1118, handles a second, outer, amplitude-control loop 2602 (see FIG. 26). At the outset, in step 7213, microcontroller 1106 turns on the buck power supply 1114 and initializes the CLA 1116. The CLA 1116 uses a proportional¨integral¨
derivative ("PID") control algorithm to compute a new duty cycle value for the Pulse Width Modulators ("PWMs") that are driving the two-phase buck converter 1114. At step 7215, the battery controller 703 starts the PWMs and begins, at step 7211, using a fast, non-linear PID
control loop, to increase the output voltage of the DC-DC converter 1202. The increasing output voltage causes a corresponding increase in the input current to the push/pull amplifier 1010 of the generator 904. At step 7217, the output voltage increases, or is otherwise modified, until, at step 7219, the actual, measured input current reaches a predetermined reference current level, referred to herein as "ref." 'ref is a calibrated value that is predicted to create a driving wave output from the transducer 902 that will achieve a displacement of the waveguide 1502 and place the resulting amplitude near a value sufficient to reach the target resonant frequency. 'ref is initially set by the battery microcontroller 703 in step 7225. This calibrated value for Ira may be stored inside the TAG assembly 303 and read by the battery microcontroller 703 upon establishment of the communication link 7204.
ON" command 7205 sent from the battery controller 703, the microcontroller 1106 in the battery controller 703 initiates a process for quickly and safely advancing the current rate in the TAG
assembly 303 and resulting in a resonant motion output from the TAG assembly 303 to the waveguide 1502. Advancement proceeds from an idle condition to a level predicted to be within a "ballpark window" for producing an ascertainable motional feedback signal and achieving a beginning resonant frequency condition. As shown in FIG. 11, the microcontroller 1106 in the battery controller 703 has two processing units. A first processing unit, the Control Law Accelerator ("CLA") 1116, handles a first, inner, current-control loop 2601 (see FIG. 26), and the second processing unit, a main processor 1118, handles a second, outer, amplitude-control loop 2602 (see FIG. 26). At the outset, in step 7213, microcontroller 1106 turns on the buck power supply 1114 and initializes the CLA 1116. The CLA 1116 uses a proportional¨integral¨
derivative ("PID") control algorithm to compute a new duty cycle value for the Pulse Width Modulators ("PWMs") that are driving the two-phase buck converter 1114. At step 7215, the battery controller 703 starts the PWMs and begins, at step 7211, using a fast, non-linear PID
control loop, to increase the output voltage of the DC-DC converter 1202. The increasing output voltage causes a corresponding increase in the input current to the push/pull amplifier 1010 of the generator 904. At step 7217, the output voltage increases, or is otherwise modified, until, at step 7219, the actual, measured input current reaches a predetermined reference current level, referred to herein as "ref." 'ref is a calibrated value that is predicted to create a driving wave output from the transducer 902 that will achieve a displacement of the waveguide 1502 and place the resulting amplitude near a value sufficient to reach the target resonant frequency. 'ref is initially set by the battery microcontroller 703 in step 7225. This calibrated value for Ira may be stored inside the TAG assembly 303 and read by the battery microcontroller 703 upon establishment of the communication link 7204.
[00208] Table 1 below illustrates an example of a non-linear PID control loop or algorithm in accordance with the present invention, whereby the output voltage level is modified until the actual, measured input current reaches the reference current, 'ref. In this example, the non-linear PID control loop divides the percent error of the actual, measured input current versus the reference current 'ref into 5% bins, which are shown below as constants Go through Gn (whereby "n" is some number of the last step prior to reaching Tref). Each bin has its own non-linear tuning coefficients (e.g., Kp, Kb and Kd). The non-linear tuning coefficients allow for the output voltage and, in turn, the actual input current, to initially advance quickly towards the reference current point 'ref when the input current is far away from the reference current point, and then slowly reach the reference current point 'ref once the input current value is close to reaching the reference current point. As a result, the system is less prone to being disturbed by noise. In this particular example, the non-linear PID within the CLA 1116 shapes the overshoot to no more than 15%
greater than 'ref. It is desirable to have the control loop maintain current but not to allow over current for any significant time; in other words, the loop must make the current retract from an overcurrent state quickly. Accordingly, the non-linear PID loop of the CLA
1116 shapes the increase of the output voltage and input current in such a way that the input current advances quickly and accurately to the desired reference current level 'ref, but does so in such a way that is stable and avoids a dangerous "overcurrent" condition.
Gain constant: Go G1 G2 Gõ Gn G1 Go Percent away 50% 45% 40% ....5% 'ref -5% -10% -15%
from Tref:
greater than 'ref. It is desirable to have the control loop maintain current but not to allow over current for any significant time; in other words, the loop must make the current retract from an overcurrent state quickly. Accordingly, the non-linear PID loop of the CLA
1116 shapes the increase of the output voltage and input current in such a way that the input current advances quickly and accurately to the desired reference current level 'ref, but does so in such a way that is stable and avoids a dangerous "overcurrent" condition.
Gain constant: Go G1 G2 Gõ Gn G1 Go Percent away 50% 45% 40% ....5% 'ref -5% -10% -15%
from Tref:
[00209] In the meantime, while the input current is steadily increasing under the control of the battery microcontroller 1106, the initial signal, i.e., the "ULTRASOUND ON"
command 7205 from the battery controller 703, received by the generator, causes the TAG
microcontroller 1006 to begin its own initialization process in parallel with the operation of the battery controller 703.
As set forth above with regard to FIG. 9, the microcontroller 1006 in the TAG
assembly 303 has two independent processing units: the CLA 912 and the main processor 914.
Referring back to FIG. 72, at steps 7200 and 7206, upon receiving the initial command 7205 from the battery controller 703, the TAG microcontroller 1006 initializes the CLA 912 and starts the ultrasound PWMs that drive the ultrasonic frequency at a frequency within the operating frequency range of the waveguide and transducer. At this initial start up stage, any motional feedback signal that is present is weak and, therefore, it is desirable to use a high gain amplifier to provide a higher signal level because the signal level is initially very small. At step 7208, as the input current from the battery assembly is increasing, the amplitude (i.e., the displacement of the mechanical motion) is incrementing proportionally until it reaches a set point or level within 20% of a "target amplitude," which should produce a motional feedback signal and place the TAG
assembly 303 in a "ballpark window" for achieving the resonant frequency. The "target amplitude" is a pre-determined, safe, threshold level. It is undesirable to surpass this threshold level and, when surpassed (e.g., by 10-12%), indicates an "over-amplitude" condition that is undesirable and causes the device to initiate a fault condition and control shutdown.
command 7205 from the battery controller 703, received by the generator, causes the TAG
microcontroller 1006 to begin its own initialization process in parallel with the operation of the battery controller 703.
As set forth above with regard to FIG. 9, the microcontroller 1006 in the TAG
assembly 303 has two independent processing units: the CLA 912 and the main processor 914.
Referring back to FIG. 72, at steps 7200 and 7206, upon receiving the initial command 7205 from the battery controller 703, the TAG microcontroller 1006 initializes the CLA 912 and starts the ultrasound PWMs that drive the ultrasonic frequency at a frequency within the operating frequency range of the waveguide and transducer. At this initial start up stage, any motional feedback signal that is present is weak and, therefore, it is desirable to use a high gain amplifier to provide a higher signal level because the signal level is initially very small. At step 7208, as the input current from the battery assembly is increasing, the amplitude (i.e., the displacement of the mechanical motion) is incrementing proportionally until it reaches a set point or level within 20% of a "target amplitude," which should produce a motional feedback signal and place the TAG
assembly 303 in a "ballpark window" for achieving the resonant frequency. The "target amplitude" is a pre-determined, safe, threshold level. It is undesirable to surpass this threshold level and, when surpassed (e.g., by 10-12%), indicates an "over-amplitude" condition that is undesirable and causes the device to initiate a fault condition and control shutdown.
[00210] To regulate the amplitude level of the TAG assembly 303, the battery controller 703 closely monitors the amplitude level. The battery controller 703 issues a command 7221 at frequent intervals (e.g., every 4 ms), such as an "AMPLITUDE REQ" command, to the TAG
assembly 303 using at least one of the communication lines 602a-n (e.g., Comm+/Comm-). In response, the battery controller 703 receives a signal 7210, through at least one of the communication lines 602a-n (e.g., Comm+/Comm-), such as an "AMPLITUDE REQ"
response, from the TAG assembly 303, which provides the battery controller 703 with a measurement of the amplitude level of the TAG assembly 303. At each interval that a measurement of the amplitude level is determined by the battery controller 703, the battery microcontroller 1106, at step 7223, makes one of several possible determinations based upon the amplitude measurement.
If the amplitude level has reached the level of within 20% of the "target amplitude," or, effectively, 80% of the "target amplitude," in step 7227, the power control is switched from the inner, current-control loop 2601 to the outer, amplitude-control loop 2602, which is described in further detail below. If the amplitude level has not yet reached 80% of the "target amplitude," in step 7229, the current control loop will maintain the current at the reference current level 'ref until the amplitude reaches the 80% point.
assembly 303 using at least one of the communication lines 602a-n (e.g., Comm+/Comm-). In response, the battery controller 703 receives a signal 7210, through at least one of the communication lines 602a-n (e.g., Comm+/Comm-), such as an "AMPLITUDE REQ"
response, from the TAG assembly 303, which provides the battery controller 703 with a measurement of the amplitude level of the TAG assembly 303. At each interval that a measurement of the amplitude level is determined by the battery controller 703, the battery microcontroller 1106, at step 7223, makes one of several possible determinations based upon the amplitude measurement.
If the amplitude level has reached the level of within 20% of the "target amplitude," or, effectively, 80% of the "target amplitude," in step 7227, the power control is switched from the inner, current-control loop 2601 to the outer, amplitude-control loop 2602, which is described in further detail below. If the amplitude level has not yet reached 80% of the "target amplitude," in step 7229, the current control loop will maintain the current at the reference current level 'ref until the amplitude reaches the 80% point.
[00211] However, if the amplitude level still has not reached the 80% point within a set period of time (e.g., 250 ms), this indicates a "low amplitude" fault condition 7231 that may be due to, for example, a stalled blade of the waveguide 1502. In response, the battery microcontroller 1106 terminates the operation cycle at step 7209 and issues, for example, an "ULTRASOUND
OFF" command 7233, to the generator 904. In return, the generator 904 relays a response 7212, such as an "ULTRASOUND OFF" response, indicating that it has ceased active operation. If the potentially dangerous condition occurs in which the amplitude level has actually surpassed the level of within 20% of the "target amplitude," the battery microcontroller 1106 immediately issues a fault condition 7235 and terminates the operation cycle at step 7209, as described above, due to this "over-amplitude" condition.
OFF" command 7233, to the generator 904. In return, the generator 904 relays a response 7212, such as an "ULTRASOUND OFF" response, indicating that it has ceased active operation. If the potentially dangerous condition occurs in which the amplitude level has actually surpassed the level of within 20% of the "target amplitude," the battery microcontroller 1106 immediately issues a fault condition 7235 and terminates the operation cycle at step 7209, as described above, due to this "over-amplitude" condition.
[00212] b. Frequency Lock
[00213] Now, referring to FIG. 72A, as previously mentioned, upon initialization, the TAG
microcontroller 1006 controls the frequency of the signal that drives the transducer 902 based upon its detection of the motional feedback signal. At the beginning of the startup process, in step 7206, the operating frequency is set at a fixed value that is within the operating frequency range of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502 (e.g., 55.2 kHz). If present at that set frequency, a motional feedback signal from the bridge circuit is routed to a high and low gain buffer. Each of these signals is fed into the analog-to-digital converter ("ADC") 908 of the microcontroller 1006 in the TAG assembly 303. Initially, the high-gain, buffered-feedback signal is selected as the motional feedback signal will initially be small. A main function of the CLA 912 is to take the output from the ADC, perform the Discrete Fourier Transform ("DFT") calculations, and pass the results to the main processor 914. Shown as step 7218, the results from the DFT
calculations are the phase and magnitude of the motional feedback ("MF") signal, as well as the real and imaginary terms for the signal.
microcontroller 1006 controls the frequency of the signal that drives the transducer 902 based upon its detection of the motional feedback signal. At the beginning of the startup process, in step 7206, the operating frequency is set at a fixed value that is within the operating frequency range of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502 (e.g., 55.2 kHz). If present at that set frequency, a motional feedback signal from the bridge circuit is routed to a high and low gain buffer. Each of these signals is fed into the analog-to-digital converter ("ADC") 908 of the microcontroller 1006 in the TAG assembly 303. Initially, the high-gain, buffered-feedback signal is selected as the motional feedback signal will initially be small. A main function of the CLA 912 is to take the output from the ADC, perform the Discrete Fourier Transform ("DFT") calculations, and pass the results to the main processor 914. Shown as step 7218, the results from the DFT
calculations are the phase and magnitude of the motional feedback ("MF") signal, as well as the real and imaginary terms for the signal.
[00214] A tuning loop is called once per ultrasound cycle. If, at step 7214, it is determined that a valid motional feedback signal does not exist at the set frequency, the system simply waits until there is a valid motional feedback signal. However, if a fixed period of time has been exceeded as determined by a cycle timeout timer, and there is still no valid motional feedback signal, a cycle activation limit "timeout" is triggered at step 7216 and the generator 904 turns off
[00215] Initially, at step 7222, the system employs a high-gain-buffered A-to-D channel such that the high-gain-buffered feedback signal is selected. This allows the system to lock at a lower motional feedback signal level. A determination of whether or not the motional feedback signal has reached a defined "THRESHOLD" value is made at step 7220. If the motional feedback signal has reached the defined "THRESHOLD" value, the amplitude of the motional feedback signal has increased to the point that a valid motional feedback signal has emerged from any obstructive noise such that the DFT calculations in the CLA 912 are reliable.
At this point, in step 7224, the system switches to the low-gain channel. However, should the system fall below this "THRESHOLD" value, the A-to-D channel can switch back to the high-gain channel as shown in step 7226. By having the ability to switch to the low-gain channel at this point, a higher resolution A/D converter is beneficially not required.
At this point, in step 7224, the system switches to the low-gain channel. However, should the system fall below this "THRESHOLD" value, the A-to-D channel can switch back to the high-gain channel as shown in step 7226. By having the ability to switch to the low-gain channel at this point, a higher resolution A/D converter is beneficially not required.
[00216] At step 7228, if the motional feedback signal is above a starting threshold value, the generator 904 enters a frequency-tuning mode for locking the set frequency onto the resonant frequency of the TAG assembly 303 in parallel with the current and amplitude controls described above. In accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the process for achieving resonant frequency is not a process of sweeping for the optimum frequency, but rather is uniquely a tracking or tuning process for locking onto the optimum frequency. However, the present invention may also employ a frequency sweeping mode whereby the initial operating or set frequency is chosen to be at a lower boundary of the "ballpark window" of the predicted resonant frequency and is steadily incremented until it reaches the resonant frequency or vice versa.
[00217] Once frequency tuning mode is entered, the main processor 914 of the TAG
microcontroller 1006 uses the results of the DFT calculation (i.e., the phase and magnitude of the motional feedback signal) to control the running frequency of the generator.
The tuning algorithm is divided into two states: STARTING and LOCKING. In the STARTING
phase at step 7230, a determination is made of whether or not the motional feedback signal has reached a defined "STARTUP THRESHOLD" value. If the motional feedback signal has reached the defined "STARTUP THRESHOLD" value, the amplitude of the motional feedback signal has increased to the point that the system can actively begin moving towards resonance at step 7232.
If the determination at step 7230 is that the motional feedback signal has not reached the defined "STARTUP THRESHOLD" value, the process moves to step 7234. At step 7234, the STARTING phase simply waits until the point is reached whereby there is a large enough motional feedback signal to allow locking.
microcontroller 1006 uses the results of the DFT calculation (i.e., the phase and magnitude of the motional feedback signal) to control the running frequency of the generator.
The tuning algorithm is divided into two states: STARTING and LOCKING. In the STARTING
phase at step 7230, a determination is made of whether or not the motional feedback signal has reached a defined "STARTUP THRESHOLD" value. If the motional feedback signal has reached the defined "STARTUP THRESHOLD" value, the amplitude of the motional feedback signal has increased to the point that the system can actively begin moving towards resonance at step 7232.
If the determination at step 7230 is that the motional feedback signal has not reached the defined "STARTUP THRESHOLD" value, the process moves to step 7234. At step 7234, the STARTING phase simply waits until the point is reached whereby there is a large enough motional feedback signal to allow locking.
[00218] In the LOCKING phase 7236, the sine of the phase offset between the motional feedback signal and the driving signal is used along with the differential of the sine to determine the size and direction of the frequency step to adjust the output frequency to move the system to resonance. Although the phase is naturally a tangent function, the sine of the phase is used to determine the frequency step because it is bounded by the value 1 and closely approximates the phase value at small angles, whereas a tangent function has the undesirable, unbounded range of 00.
[00219] In step 7238, a PID loop is used to calculate the frequency step in either a plus or minus direction. The PID loop is non-linear, whereby the value of the sine is used to determine a bin number. That bin number is used as an index to access the tuning coefficients used by the PID.
An index table contains the proportional gain, the integral gain, and the differential gain. In addition, the entry sine value to enter a bin differs from the value to exit a bin. This introduces hysteresis to prevent oscillations near the bin transitions.
An index table contains the proportional gain, the integral gain, and the differential gain. In addition, the entry sine value to enter a bin differs from the value to exit a bin. This introduces hysteresis to prevent oscillations near the bin transitions.
[00220] As previously explained, a non-linear PID is used to achieve a rapid frequency lock.
Table 2 below illustrates an example of a non-linear, asymmetric PID loop or algorithm in accordance with the present invention whereby the size in frequency step is staggered until it reaches the target resonance frequency, fies. In this example, the gain constants PID0 through PID n (whereby "n" is some number of the last frequency step prior to reaching fes) are separated by non-linear increments. The gain values have been chosen to move the system toward resonance quickly when the system is far from resonance and slowly when the system is close to or at resonance. It is important to step slowly when close to or at resonance in order to avoid inducing frequency modulation, which would cause undesirable effects on the amplitude. During startup, the value for the maximum frequency step size is greater than during steady state operation; it is, for example, set to 8 Hz. If the phase is positive, it is an indication that the running frequency is below the resonant frequency of the transducer and needs to be increased. If the phase is negative, it is an indication the running frequency is above the resonant frequency and the running frequency should be decreased. If the phase is close to zero, the running frequency is close to the resonant frequency of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502. The numerically controlled oscillator ("NCO-) 1008 utilizing direct digital synthesis ("DDS") is used to change the frequency at step 7240.
Gain constant: PID0 PID, PID2 PID3-PIDõ PIDõ- PID3 PID2 PID1 Driving frequency: fnun fres fmax Phase (sine func , 90 shift): +1 +0.6 +0.4 +0.1 +.03 0 -0.2 -0.4 -0.6 -0.8 -1
Table 2 below illustrates an example of a non-linear, asymmetric PID loop or algorithm in accordance with the present invention whereby the size in frequency step is staggered until it reaches the target resonance frequency, fies. In this example, the gain constants PID0 through PID n (whereby "n" is some number of the last frequency step prior to reaching fes) are separated by non-linear increments. The gain values have been chosen to move the system toward resonance quickly when the system is far from resonance and slowly when the system is close to or at resonance. It is important to step slowly when close to or at resonance in order to avoid inducing frequency modulation, which would cause undesirable effects on the amplitude. During startup, the value for the maximum frequency step size is greater than during steady state operation; it is, for example, set to 8 Hz. If the phase is positive, it is an indication that the running frequency is below the resonant frequency of the transducer and needs to be increased. If the phase is negative, it is an indication the running frequency is above the resonant frequency and the running frequency should be decreased. If the phase is close to zero, the running frequency is close to the resonant frequency of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502. The numerically controlled oscillator ("NCO-) 1008 utilizing direct digital synthesis ("DDS") is used to change the frequency at step 7240.
Gain constant: PID0 PID, PID2 PID3-PIDõ PIDõ- PID3 PID2 PID1 Driving frequency: fnun fres fmax Phase (sine func , 90 shift): +1 +0.6 +0.4 +0.1 +.03 0 -0.2 -0.4 -0.6 -0.8 -1
[00221] The DDS 2200 (see FIG. 22) provides synchronized operation of hardware with the oscillation frequency. In other words, to the main processor 914, it appears as though the frequency is constant. Here, the clock frequency of the main processor 914 is a multiple of the oscillation frequency. The invention alters the PWM frequency in a unique and novel way. With the invention, PWM is performed inside the main processor 914. Because of this, the present invention actually increases/decreases the frequency of the main processor 914 ¨ which has not been done before. The A/D converter 908 adjustments are automatic as well because the A/D
converter 908 exists inside the microcontroller 1006. This inventive technique can be analogized to a singer adjusting a speed of a metronome to match the singer's tempo rather than, as is conventionally done, the singer changing her/his tempo to match the metronome.
converter 908 exists inside the microcontroller 1006. This inventive technique can be analogized to a singer adjusting a speed of a metronome to match the singer's tempo rather than, as is conventionally done, the singer changing her/his tempo to match the metronome.
[00222] At anytime during operation of the device, if the frequency reaches a pre-set minimum or maximum frequency limit, fifõõ and fma,õ respectively, the generator 904 turns off and a fault condition is triggered, as shown in step 7242. Exemplary lower and upper frequency limits for the invention are 54 kHz and 58 kHz, respectively. A number of various conditions can cause the frequency to reach the minimum or maximum limit, including breakage of a component (such as the waveguide 1502) or a situation in which the waveguide 1502 is under such a heavy load that the device is not able to input the amount of power needed to find resonance.
[00223] Once frequency lock is achieved, the transition begins into steady state operation.
[00224] VIII. STEADY STATE OPERATION
[00225] During steady state operation, the objective is to maintain the transducer and waveguide at resonant frequency and to control the amplitude in response to any drifting that occurs as a result of a load on the waveguide 1502 during use of the device. When the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502 are driven at their composite resonant frequency, they produce a large amount of mechanical motion. The electrical energy from the battery is, in this state, converted into a high voltage AC waveform that drives the transducer 902. The frequency of this waveform should be the same as the resonant frequency of the waveguide 1502 and transducer 902, and the magnitude of the waveform should be the value that produces the proper amount of mechanical motion.
[00226] a. Amplitude Control
[00227] At resonance, the amplitude is approximately proportional to the transducer current, and the transducer current is approximately proportional to the input current to the push/pull amplifier 1010. With constant current operation to maintain constant amplitude, the output voltage will vary with a varying load. In other words, the voltage will increase if the output power requirement increases and vice versa.
[00228] As described above in relation to the startup process, shown in FIG.
26 are two control loops, an inner, current control loop 2601 and an outer, amplitude control loop 2602 for uniquely regulating the amplitude of the driving wave input to the transducer 902. The current control loop 2601 regulates the current from the battery assembly 301 going into the push/pull amplifier 1010. The amplitude control loop 2602 compensates for load differences or any other changes that occur in the transducer and/or waveguide. To accomplish this goal, the amplitude control loop 2602 utilizes the motional feedback signal to generate the desired reference current level, "ref," that is used by the current control loop 2601 to alter the output voltage of the DC-DC
converter as described above. To avoid interference-type interactions between the two loops, the current control loop 2601 operates at a higher frequency than the amplitude control loop 2602, e.g., approximately 300 KHz. The amplitude control loop 2602 typically operates, for example, at a frequency of 250 Hz.
26 are two control loops, an inner, current control loop 2601 and an outer, amplitude control loop 2602 for uniquely regulating the amplitude of the driving wave input to the transducer 902. The current control loop 2601 regulates the current from the battery assembly 301 going into the push/pull amplifier 1010. The amplitude control loop 2602 compensates for load differences or any other changes that occur in the transducer and/or waveguide. To accomplish this goal, the amplitude control loop 2602 utilizes the motional feedback signal to generate the desired reference current level, "ref," that is used by the current control loop 2601 to alter the output voltage of the DC-DC
converter as described above. To avoid interference-type interactions between the two loops, the current control loop 2601 operates at a higher frequency than the amplitude control loop 2602, e.g., approximately 300 KHz. The amplitude control loop 2602 typically operates, for example, at a frequency of 250 Hz.
[00229] To determine the desired reference current level, 'ref, the present amplitude value is subtracted from the desired "target amplitude" to generate an amplitude percent error signal.
This amplitude percent error signal is the input into the PID control algorithm of the amplitude control loop 2601 for generating the new, desired reference current level "'ref," based upon the operating conditions being experienced by the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502 at that particular time. In other words, the amplitude control loop 2602 changes the target or reference current value for the CLA 912 of the current control loop 2601 to reach the desired amplitude based on the percent error calculation. In this way, the output power is altered based on the variable need of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502. The main processor 1118 of the battery controller 703 checks the new reference current value to make sure that it is not greater than the maximum output current value.
This amplitude percent error signal is the input into the PID control algorithm of the amplitude control loop 2601 for generating the new, desired reference current level "'ref," based upon the operating conditions being experienced by the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502 at that particular time. In other words, the amplitude control loop 2602 changes the target or reference current value for the CLA 912 of the current control loop 2601 to reach the desired amplitude based on the percent error calculation. In this way, the output power is altered based on the variable need of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502. The main processor 1118 of the battery controller 703 checks the new reference current value to make sure that it is not greater than the maximum output current value.
[00230] Based upon the new target or reference current value, 'ref, that is set by the amplitude control loop 2602, the current control loop 2601 proceeds to change the output voltage and input current to the push/pull amplifier 1010. A measurement of the actual current level 2603 of the battery pack output is fed into the ADC 1120 of the battery microcontroller 1106 (shown in FIG.
11). The CLA 1116 takes the value from the ADC 1120 and subtracts it from the target or reference input current level 'ref to generate the current error signal. As described above, the CLA 1116 uses the PID control algorithm to compute a new duty cycle value for the PWMs that are driving the two-phase buck converter 1114. The CLA 1116 also computes a maximum PWM
duty cycle to limit the output voltage. The algorithm to compute the maximum duty cycle uses the measured battery voltage and assumes the buck converter 1114 is operating in continuous conduction mode.
11). The CLA 1116 takes the value from the ADC 1120 and subtracts it from the target or reference input current level 'ref to generate the current error signal. As described above, the CLA 1116 uses the PID control algorithm to compute a new duty cycle value for the PWMs that are driving the two-phase buck converter 1114. The CLA 1116 also computes a maximum PWM
duty cycle to limit the output voltage. The algorithm to compute the maximum duty cycle uses the measured battery voltage and assumes the buck converter 1114 is operating in continuous conduction mode.
[00231] It is noted that, by utilizing amplitude control, rather than only looking at the current for steadying the amplitude, the present invention uniquely allows for finely adjusting the output of the transducer based on the motion feedback signal, achieving a more precise amplitude control.
The use of a current control loop allows for faster initial response that would not be possible with amplitude control alone. Also, having the two loops provides for redundancy and individual calibration of the transducer and generator during manufacture, which can be referred to as a "calibration factor." In effect, two control loops are being used to regulate the amplitude of the driving wave input to the transducer, which provides synchronized operation of the hardware with the oscillation frequency. Redundancy is useful to ensure the device is operating correctly.
A malfunction in one loop will usually be detectable because the other loop will be unable to operate properly and the improper operation of either loop is usually detectable. Improper operation can be caused by a hardware fault. The proper operation of both loops requires measurement of both current and amplitude. Different hardware is used to measure amplitude and current. In one embodiment the battery microcontroller 1106 measure current and the TAG
microcontroller 1006 measures amplitude.
The use of a current control loop allows for faster initial response that would not be possible with amplitude control alone. Also, having the two loops provides for redundancy and individual calibration of the transducer and generator during manufacture, which can be referred to as a "calibration factor." In effect, two control loops are being used to regulate the amplitude of the driving wave input to the transducer, which provides synchronized operation of the hardware with the oscillation frequency. Redundancy is useful to ensure the device is operating correctly.
A malfunction in one loop will usually be detectable because the other loop will be unable to operate properly and the improper operation of either loop is usually detectable. Improper operation can be caused by a hardware fault. The proper operation of both loops requires measurement of both current and amplitude. Different hardware is used to measure amplitude and current. In one embodiment the battery microcontroller 1106 measure current and the TAG
microcontroller 1006 measures amplitude.
[00232] b. Frequency Control
[00233] In a similar operation to the initial frequency lock performed during the startup process, the main processor 914 of the generator 904 uses the results of the DFT
calculation to adjust the running frequency of the generator 904 based on the phase of the motional feedback signal in order to maintain a resonant frequency during steady state operation. The motional feedback signal from the bridge circuit is proportional to and in phase with the motion of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502. When the motional feedback signal is in phase with the output of the push/pull switching amplifier 1010, the system is operating at the series resonance. Again, the phase and magnitude of the motional feedback signal is computed using a Discrete Fourier Transform ("DFT"). The phase reference for the DFT computation is the drive signal for the push/pull amplifier 1010. The frequency is, then, simply changed to cause the push/pull drive signal to be in phase with the motional feedback signal.
calculation to adjust the running frequency of the generator 904 based on the phase of the motional feedback signal in order to maintain a resonant frequency during steady state operation. The motional feedback signal from the bridge circuit is proportional to and in phase with the motion of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502. When the motional feedback signal is in phase with the output of the push/pull switching amplifier 1010, the system is operating at the series resonance. Again, the phase and magnitude of the motional feedback signal is computed using a Discrete Fourier Transform ("DFT"). The phase reference for the DFT computation is the drive signal for the push/pull amplifier 1010. The frequency is, then, simply changed to cause the push/pull drive signal to be in phase with the motional feedback signal.
[00234] The DFT calculation is simplified and made more accurate if the ADC
sample time interval is exactly an integer multiple of the output frequency period. This technique is referred to herein as "coherent sampling." In one exemplary embodiment, the signals are sampled 12 times per output cycle such that the CLA 912 is sampling the motional feedback signal at 12 times the ultrasonic frequency. With coherent sampling, there are exactly 12 samples per cycle with each occurring at the same point in time relative to the phase of the drive signal. As shown in FIG. 9, the ADC sample clock is generated internally in the TAG
microcontroller's 1006 system clock 916. Accordingly, for coherent sampling, the system clock 916 needs to be synchronized to the output. The PWM signal driving the metal-oxide field-effect transistors (MOSFETs) that, in turn, generate the output waveform, is also generated internally from the system clock 916. One exemplary embodiment of the present invention generates the system clock 916 from the DDS 1008. Advantageously, as the output frequency changes, the system clock 916 also changes.
sample time interval is exactly an integer multiple of the output frequency period. This technique is referred to herein as "coherent sampling." In one exemplary embodiment, the signals are sampled 12 times per output cycle such that the CLA 912 is sampling the motional feedback signal at 12 times the ultrasonic frequency. With coherent sampling, there are exactly 12 samples per cycle with each occurring at the same point in time relative to the phase of the drive signal. As shown in FIG. 9, the ADC sample clock is generated internally in the TAG
microcontroller's 1006 system clock 916. Accordingly, for coherent sampling, the system clock 916 needs to be synchronized to the output. The PWM signal driving the metal-oxide field-effect transistors (MOSFETs) that, in turn, generate the output waveform, is also generated internally from the system clock 916. One exemplary embodiment of the present invention generates the system clock 916 from the DDS 1008. Advantageously, as the output frequency changes, the system clock 916 also changes.
[00235] It is also desirable not to sample shortly after the MOSFETs are switched on or off This is when there is the largest amount of noise present in the system.
Offsetting the sample time to avoid sampling shortly after the MOSFETs switch on or off minimizes the affect of transistor switching noise on the ADC sample. The two PWM outputs employ a deadband to ensure that both MOSFETs are never activated at the same time.
Offsetting the sample time to avoid sampling shortly after the MOSFETs switch on or off minimizes the affect of transistor switching noise on the ADC sample. The two PWM outputs employ a deadband to ensure that both MOSFETs are never activated at the same time.
[00236] X. SIMPLIFIED CIRCUIT BLOCK DIAGRAM
[00237] FIG. 27 shows a simplified block circuit diagram illustrating another exemplary electrical embodiment of the present invention, which includes a microprocessor 2702, a clock 2730, a memory 2726, a power supply 2704 (e.g., a battery), a switch 2706 (e.g., a MOSFET
power switch), a drive circuit 2708 (PLL), a transformer 2710, a signal smoothing circuit 2712 (also referred to as a matching circuit and can be, e.g., a tank circuit), a sensing circuit 2714, a transducer 902, and a waveguide assembly 304, which terminates at an ultrasonic cutting blade 1520, referred to herein simply as the waveguide 1502.
power switch), a drive circuit 2708 (PLL), a transformer 2710, a signal smoothing circuit 2712 (also referred to as a matching circuit and can be, e.g., a tank circuit), a sensing circuit 2714, a transducer 902, and a waveguide assembly 304, which terminates at an ultrasonic cutting blade 1520, referred to herein simply as the waveguide 1502.
[00238] One feature of the present invention that severs dependency on high voltage (120 VAC) input power (a characteristic of all prior-art ultrasonic cutting devices) is the utilization of low-voltage switching throughout the wave-forming process and the amplification of the driving signal only directly before the transformer stage. For this reason, in one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, power is derived from only a battery, or a group of batteries, small enough to fit either within the handle assembly 302. State-of-the-art battery technology provides powerful batteries of a few centimeters in height and width and a few millimeters in depth. By combining the features of the present invention to provide an entirely self-contained and self-powered ultrasonic device, the capital outlay of the countertop box 202 is entirely eliminated ¨
resulting in a significant reduction of manufacturing cost.
resulting in a significant reduction of manufacturing cost.
[00239] The output of the battery 2704 is fed to and powers the processor 2702. The processor 2702 receives and outputs signals and, as will be described below, functions according to custom logic or in accordance with computer programs that are executed by the processor 2702. The device 2700 can also include a main memory 2726, preferably, random access memory (RAM), that stores computer-readable instructions and data.
[00240] The output of the battery 2704 also is directed to a switch 2706 having a duty cycle controlled by the processor 2702. By controlling the on-time for the switch 2706, the processor 2702 is able to dictate the total amount of power that is ultimately delivered to the transducer 2716. In one exemplary embodiment, the switch 2706 is a MOSFET, although other switches and switching configurations are adaptable as well. The output of the switch 2706 is fed to a drive circuit 2708 that contains, for example, a phase detecting PLL and/or a low-pass filter and/or a voltage-controlled oscillator. The output of the switch 2706 is sampled by the processor 2702 to determine the voltage and current of the output signal (labeled in FIG. 27 as AD2 V,õ and respectively). These values are used in a feedback architecture to adjust the pulse width modulation of the switch 2706. For instance, the duty cycle of the switch 2706 can vary from about 20% to about 80%, depending on the desired and actual output from the switch 2706.
[00241] The drive circuit 2708, which receives the signal from the switch 2706, includes an oscillatory circuit that turns the output of the switch 2706 into an electrical signal having a single ultrasonic frequency, e.g., 55 kHz (referred to as VCO in FIG. 27). As explained above, a smoothed-out version of this ultrasonic waveform is ultimately fed to the transducer 902 to produce a resonant sine wave along the waveguide 1502.
[00242] At the output of the drive circuit 2708 is a transformer 2710 that is able to step up the low voltage signal(s) to a higher voltage. It is noted that all upstream switching, prior to the transformer 2710, is performed at low (i.e., battery driven) voltages, something that, to date, has not been possible for ultrasonic cutting and cautery devices. This is at least partially due to the fact that the device advantageously uses low on-resistance MOSFET switching devices. Low on-resistance MOSFET switches are advantageous, as they produce less heat than traditional MOSFET device and allow higher current to pass through. Therefore, the switching stage (pre-transformer) can be characterized as low voltage/high current. In one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the transformer 2710 steps up the battery voltage to 120V RMS.
Transformers are known in the art and are, therefore, not explained here in detail.
Transformers are known in the art and are, therefore, not explained here in detail.
[00243] In each of the circuit configurations described and shown in FIGS. 3-12, 16-21, and 27, circuit component degradation can negatively impact the entire circuit's performance. One factor that directly affects component performance is heat. Known circuits generally monitor switching temperatures (e.g., MOSFET temperatures).
However, because of the technological advancements in MOSFET designs, and the corresponding reduction in size, MOSFET
temperatures are no longer a valid indicator of circuit loads and heat. For this reason, according to an exemplary embodiment, the present invention senses with a sensing circuit 2714 the temperature of the transformer 2710. This temperature sensing is advantageous as the transformer 2710 is run at or very close to its maximum temperature during use of the device.
Additional temperature will cause the core material, e.g., the ferrite, to break down and permanent damage can occur. The present invention can respond to a maximum temperature of the transformer 2710 by, for example, reducing the driving power in the transformer 2710, signaling the user, turning the power off completely, pulsing the power, or other appropriate responses.
However, because of the technological advancements in MOSFET designs, and the corresponding reduction in size, MOSFET
temperatures are no longer a valid indicator of circuit loads and heat. For this reason, according to an exemplary embodiment, the present invention senses with a sensing circuit 2714 the temperature of the transformer 2710. This temperature sensing is advantageous as the transformer 2710 is run at or very close to its maximum temperature during use of the device.
Additional temperature will cause the core material, e.g., the ferrite, to break down and permanent damage can occur. The present invention can respond to a maximum temperature of the transformer 2710 by, for example, reducing the driving power in the transformer 2710, signaling the user, turning the power off completely, pulsing the power, or other appropriate responses.
[00244] In one exemplary embodiment of the invention, the processor 2702 is communicatively coupled to the end effector 118, which is used to place material in physical contact with the blade portion 116 of the waveguide 114, e.g., the clamping mechanism shown in FIG.
1. Sensors are provided that measure, at the end effector, a clamping force value (existing within a known range) and, based upon the received clamping force value, the processor 2702 varies the motional voltage Vm. Because high force values combined with a set motional rate can result in high blade temperatures, a temperature sensor 2736 can be communicatively coupled to the processor 2702, where the processor 2702 is operable to receive and interpret a signal indicating a current temperature of the blade from the temperature sensor 2736 and to determine a target frequency of blade movement based upon the received temperature.
1. Sensors are provided that measure, at the end effector, a clamping force value (existing within a known range) and, based upon the received clamping force value, the processor 2702 varies the motional voltage Vm. Because high force values combined with a set motional rate can result in high blade temperatures, a temperature sensor 2736 can be communicatively coupled to the processor 2702, where the processor 2702 is operable to receive and interpret a signal indicating a current temperature of the blade from the temperature sensor 2736 and to determine a target frequency of blade movement based upon the received temperature.
[00245] According to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the PLL
2708, which is coupled to the processor 2702, is able to determine a frequency of waveguide movement and communicate that frequency to the processor 2702. The processor 2702 stores this frequency value in the memory 2726 when the device is turned off By reading the clock 2730, the processor 2702 is able to determine an elapsed time after the device is shut off and retrieve the last frequency of waveguide movement if the elapsed time is less than a predetermined value.
The device can then start up at the last frequency, which, presumably, is the optimum frequency for the current load.
2708, which is coupled to the processor 2702, is able to determine a frequency of waveguide movement and communicate that frequency to the processor 2702. The processor 2702 stores this frequency value in the memory 2726 when the device is turned off By reading the clock 2730, the processor 2702 is able to determine an elapsed time after the device is shut off and retrieve the last frequency of waveguide movement if the elapsed time is less than a predetermined value.
The device can then start up at the last frequency, which, presumably, is the optimum frequency for the current load.
[00246] XI. BATTERY ASSEMBLY¨MECHANICAL
[00247] FIG. 28 shows the battery assembly 301 separate from the handle assembly 302. The battery assembly 301 includes an outer shell 2802 that, in the exemplary embodiment shown in FIG. 28, includes a first half 2802a and a second half 2802b. There is, however, no requirement that the shell 2802 be provided in two identical halves. In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, when the outer shell 2802 is provided in two halves, the first half 2802a can be ultrasonically welded to the second half 2802b in a clamshell configuration.
Ultrasonically welding the two halves of the shell 2802 eliminates the need for gaskets while providing a "hermetic" seal between the components within the shell 2802 and the environment. A
"hermetic" seal, as used herein, indicates a seal that sufficiently isolates a compartment (e.g., interior of the shell 2802) and components disposed therein from a sterile field of an operating environment into which the device has been introduced so that no contaminants from one side of the seal are able to transfer to the other side of the seal. This seal is at least gas-tight, thereby preventing intrusion of air, water, vapor phase H202, etc.
Ultrasonically welding the two halves of the shell 2802 eliminates the need for gaskets while providing a "hermetic" seal between the components within the shell 2802 and the environment. A
"hermetic" seal, as used herein, indicates a seal that sufficiently isolates a compartment (e.g., interior of the shell 2802) and components disposed therein from a sterile field of an operating environment into which the device has been introduced so that no contaminants from one side of the seal are able to transfer to the other side of the seal. This seal is at least gas-tight, thereby preventing intrusion of air, water, vapor phase H202, etc.
[00248] FIG. 28 also shows a multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804, which is an interface that electrically couples the components within the battery assembly 301 to an electrical interface of the handle assembly 302. It is through the handle assembly 302 that the battery assembly 301 is able to electrically couple with the TAG assembly 303 of the present invention. As is explained above, the battery assembly 301, through the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804, provides power to the inventive ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300, as well as other functionality described herein. The multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804 includes a plurality of contacts pads 2806a-n, each one capable of separately electrically connecting a terminal within the battery assembly 301 to another terminal provided by a docking bay (see FIG.
34) of the handle assembly 302. One example of such electrical connections coupled to the plurality of contact pads 2806a-n is shown in FIG. 6 as power and communication signal paths 601a-n. In the exemplary embodiment of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804, sixteen different contact pads are shown. This number is merely illustrative.
34) of the handle assembly 302. One example of such electrical connections coupled to the plurality of contact pads 2806a-n is shown in FIG. 6 as power and communication signal paths 601a-n. In the exemplary embodiment of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804, sixteen different contact pads are shown. This number is merely illustrative.
[00249] FIG. 29 provides a view of the underside of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804. In this view, it can be seen that the plurality of contact pads 2806a-n of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804 include a corresponding plurality of interior contact pins 2906a-n. Each contact pin 2906 provides a direct electrical coupling to a corresponding one of the contact pads 2806.
[00250] In the particular embodiment shown in FIGS. 28-33, the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804 is potted between the clam shell halves 2802a and 2802b of the shell 2802. More particularly, FIG. 29 provides a view of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804 positioned inside an upper portion of the first shell half 2802a of the battery assembly 301. As is shown in the figure, an upper portion of the first shell half 2802a forms a mouth 2902 that accepts an outer peripheral edge 2904 of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804.
[00251] FIG. 30 provides an additional view of the interior of the first shell half 2802a with the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804 inserted within the mouth 2902 of the first shell half 2802a and a first circuit board 3002 having a plurality of contact pads 3006 coupled to the contact pins 2906 of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804. The battery assembly 301, according to exemplary embodiments of the present invention, includes, as is shown in FIG. 31, in addition to the first circuit board 3002, additional circuit boards 3102 and 3104.
[00252] In accordance with one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804 comprises a flex circuit that converts the illustrated 4 x 4 array of contact pads 2006a-n to two 1 x 8 arrays of conductors that are coupled to one or more of the circuit boards 3002, 3102, 3104.
[00253] Further, more than or less than three circuit boards is possible to provide expanded or limited functionality. According to exemplary embodiments of the present invention, each circuit board 3002, 3102, and 3104 provides a specific function. For instance, circuit board 3002 can provide the components for carrying out the battery protection circuitry 702 shown in FIG. 7.
Similarly, the circuit board 3102 can provide the components for carrying out the battery controller 703, also shown in FIG. 7. The circuit board 3104 can, for example, provide high power buck controller components. Finally, the battery protection circuitry 702 can provide connection paths for coupling the battery cells 701a-n shown in FIGS. 7 and 31.
Similarly, the circuit board 3102 can provide the components for carrying out the battery controller 703, also shown in FIG. 7. The circuit board 3104 can, for example, provide high power buck controller components. Finally, the battery protection circuitry 702 can provide connection paths for coupling the battery cells 701a-n shown in FIGS. 7 and 31.
[00254] Another advantage of a removable battery assembly 301 is realized when lithium-ion (Li) batteries are used. As previously stated, lithium batteries should not be charged in a parallel configuration of multiple cells. This is because, as the voltage increases in a particular cell, it begins to accept additional charge faster than the other lower-voltage cells.
Therefore, each cell must be monitored so that a charge to that cell can be controlled individually. When a lithium battery is formed from a group of cells 701a-n, a multitude of wires extending from the exterior of the device to the batteries 701a-n is needed (at least one additional wire for each battery cell beyond the first). By having a removable battery assembly 301, each battery cell 701a-n can, in one exemplary embodiment, have its own exposed set of contacts and, when the battery assembly 301 is not present inside the handle assembly 302, each set of contacts can be coupled to a corresponding set of contacts in an external, non-sterile, battery-charging device. In another exemplary embodiment, each battery cell 701a-n can be electrically connected to the battery protection circuitry 702 to allow the battery protection circuitry 702 to control and regulate recharging of each cell 701a-n.
Therefore, each cell must be monitored so that a charge to that cell can be controlled individually. When a lithium battery is formed from a group of cells 701a-n, a multitude of wires extending from the exterior of the device to the batteries 701a-n is needed (at least one additional wire for each battery cell beyond the first). By having a removable battery assembly 301, each battery cell 701a-n can, in one exemplary embodiment, have its own exposed set of contacts and, when the battery assembly 301 is not present inside the handle assembly 302, each set of contacts can be coupled to a corresponding set of contacts in an external, non-sterile, battery-charging device. In another exemplary embodiment, each battery cell 701a-n can be electrically connected to the battery protection circuitry 702 to allow the battery protection circuitry 702 to control and regulate recharging of each cell 701a-n.
[00255] Turning now to FIG. 33, at least one additional novel feature of the present invention is clearly illustrated. The battery assembly 301 shown in FIG. 33 illustrates a fully assembled battery assembly 301 that has been, for instance, ultrasonically welded so that the two shell halves 2802a and 2802b, as well as the potted multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804, provide a hermetic seal between the environment and the interior of the battery assembly 301. Although shown in several of the previous drawings, FIG. 33 illustrates an inventive catch 3300, which is formed by an extended portion of the shell 2802 that is shaped by a general longitudinal void 3302 directly under the catch 3300, both being located at an upper portion of the exterior of the shell 2802. The catch 3300 is shaped to mate with a receiver 3400 in a lower battery dock 3401 of the handle assembly 302, which is shown in FIG. 34.
[00256] FIG. 35 illustrates an underside of the handle assembly 302 and provides an improved view of the receiver 3400 and the battery dock 3401. As is can be seen in FIG.
35, the receiver 3400 extends from the battery dock 3401 (formed by a handle shell 3500) and is shaped to mate with, i.e., fit within, the void 3302 of the battery assembly 301. In addition, the receiver 3400 is in close proximity to a multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502, which includes a plurality of handle-connection pins 3504a-n. In the exemplary embodiment shown in FIG. 35, each handle contact pin in the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 is a spring-type contact pin that is capable of being compressed while exerting an amount of force in a direction opposite the compression force and, thereby, maintaining a positive electrical connection between the handle-connection pin 3504a-n and the object applying the force. In addition, the handle-connection pins 3504a-n of the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 are spaced so that each of the handle-connection pins 3504a-n physically aligns with a respective one of the contact pads 2806a-n of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804.
35, the receiver 3400 extends from the battery dock 3401 (formed by a handle shell 3500) and is shaped to mate with, i.e., fit within, the void 3302 of the battery assembly 301. In addition, the receiver 3400 is in close proximity to a multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502, which includes a plurality of handle-connection pins 3504a-n. In the exemplary embodiment shown in FIG. 35, each handle contact pin in the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 is a spring-type contact pin that is capable of being compressed while exerting an amount of force in a direction opposite the compression force and, thereby, maintaining a positive electrical connection between the handle-connection pin 3504a-n and the object applying the force. In addition, the handle-connection pins 3504a-n of the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 are spaced so that each of the handle-connection pins 3504a-n physically aligns with a respective one of the contact pads 2806a-n of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804.
[00257] To couple the inventive battery assembly 301 to the inventive handle assembly 302, the catch 3300 is contacted with the receiver 3400, as is shown in FIG. 36, and the battery assembly 301 is rotated with respect to the handle assembly 302, as is shown in the progression from FIG.
36 to FIG. 37. Although not limited to the exemplary embodiments shown in the figures of the instant specification, the physical shapes of the catch 3300 and receiver 3400 shown in FIGS. 33-35 (particularly the rounded corners 3305 shown in FIG. 33) cause the battery assembly 301 to align itself with the handle assembly 302 virtually regardless of the angle to which the battery assembly 301 approaches the receiver 3400, as long as the catch 3300 and receiver 3400 are in physical contact with each other. With any rotation of the battery assembly 301 between the position shown in FIG. 36 and the position shown in FIG. 37, the catch 3300, or rather, the void 3302, automatically seats upon the receiver 3400. This means that a user in the sterile field can easily connect the battery assembly 301 to the handle assembly 302 and, especially, can do so without actually viewing the two parts during connection efforts.
36 to FIG. 37. Although not limited to the exemplary embodiments shown in the figures of the instant specification, the physical shapes of the catch 3300 and receiver 3400 shown in FIGS. 33-35 (particularly the rounded corners 3305 shown in FIG. 33) cause the battery assembly 301 to align itself with the handle assembly 302 virtually regardless of the angle to which the battery assembly 301 approaches the receiver 3400, as long as the catch 3300 and receiver 3400 are in physical contact with each other. With any rotation of the battery assembly 301 between the position shown in FIG. 36 and the position shown in FIG. 37, the catch 3300, or rather, the void 3302, automatically seats upon the receiver 3400. This means that a user in the sterile field can easily connect the battery assembly 301 to the handle assembly 302 and, especially, can do so without actually viewing the two parts during connection efforts.
[00258] In accordance with one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502, as shown in FIG. 35, includes a gasket 3512 that surrounds the handle-connection pins 3504a-n and is sealed to a flex circuit board 3514 that supports the handle-connection pins 3504a-n. In one exemplary embodiment, the gasket 3512 is part of a rigid-flex circuit that includes the flex circuit board 3514 as well as the handle-connection pins 3504a-n. A portion of the flex circuit board 3514 can be made relatively rigid or stiffer as compared to the rest of the flex circuit board 3514. When the gasket 3512 is compressed during connection of the battery assembly 301 to the handle assembly 302, rigid portions of the flex circuit board 3514 adjacent the gasket 3512 support the gasket 3512 and allow the gasket 3512 to be compressed without substantial movement when the battery assembly 301 is coupled to the handle assembly 302. When the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804 and the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 are placed together, as shown in FIGS. 59 and 60, a seal exists between an outer periphery 3312 of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804 and the gasket 3512 of the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502. The seal prevents moisture from penetrating the interior of the gasket 3512, i.e., reaching the handle-connection pins 3504a-n of the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 or the contacts pads 2806a-n of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804.
[00259] As shown in FIG. 56 and explained in detail below, the rigid-flex circuit of the handle assembly 302 electrically couples the handle-connection pins 3504a-n to the handle assembly's TAG electrical connector 5602.
[00260] Referring briefly back to FIG. 35, the handle body 3500 of the handle assembly 302 is provided with an extended battery securing portion 3506. The extended battery securing portion 3506 is on a side of the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 opposite the receiver 3400. It is noted that the particular exemplary embodiment of the handle-securing portion shown in FIG.
35 includes a pair of voids 3508 and 3510, which are not necessary to complete the battery-handle securing process. Referring now to FIG. 38, an additional feature of the battery assembly 301 is shown. In this view, a pair of bosses 3802, 3804 can be seen on an exterior side of the battery assembly shell 2802. The bosses 3802, 3804 are spaced and positioned to mate with the voids 3508, 3510 in the extended battery securing portion 3506 of the handle body 3500. This mating position is illustrated in FIG. 37. Referring still to FIG. 38, it can be seen that each of the bosses 3802, 3804 are provided with a sloped upper portion 3816 and an opposing sharp-edge bottom portion 3818. The sloped upper portion 3816 allows the bosses 3802, 3804 to easily slip into the voids 3508, 3510 in the extended battery securing portion 3506 of the handle assembly 302 when the battery assembly 301 is being secured to the handle assembly 302.
The sharp-edge bottom portions 3818 secure and allow the bosses 3802, 3804 to remain seated within the extended battery securing portion 3506 of the handle assembly 302.
35 includes a pair of voids 3508 and 3510, which are not necessary to complete the battery-handle securing process. Referring now to FIG. 38, an additional feature of the battery assembly 301 is shown. In this view, a pair of bosses 3802, 3804 can be seen on an exterior side of the battery assembly shell 2802. The bosses 3802, 3804 are spaced and positioned to mate with the voids 3508, 3510 in the extended battery securing portion 3506 of the handle body 3500. This mating position is illustrated in FIG. 37. Referring still to FIG. 38, it can be seen that each of the bosses 3802, 3804 are provided with a sloped upper portion 3816 and an opposing sharp-edge bottom portion 3818. The sloped upper portion 3816 allows the bosses 3802, 3804 to easily slip into the voids 3508, 3510 in the extended battery securing portion 3506 of the handle assembly 302 when the battery assembly 301 is being secured to the handle assembly 302.
The sharp-edge bottom portions 3818 secure and allow the bosses 3802, 3804 to remain seated within the extended battery securing portion 3506 of the handle assembly 302.
[00261] The combination of the mating between the catch 3300 and receiver 3400 at one side of the battery assembly 301 and the mating between the bosses 3802, 3804 and the voids 3508, 3510, respectively, at the other side of the battery assembly 301 provides a solid and secure attachment of the battery assembly 301 to the handle assembly 302 (see also FIGS. 3 and 37). In an exemplary embodiment, the two bosses 3802, 3804 are spaced as far apart from each other as is practical. This spacing improves stability of the attachment between the battery assembly 301 and the handle assembly 302.
[00262] FIG. 38 also illustrates a release mechanism 3806 coupled to the exterior of the battery assembly shell 2802. The release mechanism 3806 is provided with peripheral edges 3808 that are secured by and slide within a pair of corresponding channels 3810, 3812 formed within the same exterior side of the battery assembly shell 2802 as the bosses 3802, 3804. The release mechanism 3806 has a sloped nose region 3814 that is operable for moving toward and away from the bosses 3802 and 3804 and, in the particular embodiment shown in FIG.
38, extends between the bosses 3802 and 3804 when the release mechanism 3806 is slid in an upwardly direction.
38, extends between the bosses 3802 and 3804 when the release mechanism 3806 is slid in an upwardly direction.
[00263] When the battery assembly 301 is securely coupled to the handle assembly 302, as is shown in FIG. 37, the release mechanism 3806 remains in a position within the channels 3810, 3812 that is furthest away from the handle assembly 302. When a user desires to remove the battery assembly 301 from the handle assembly 302, the release mechanism 3806 is slid within the channels 3810, 3812 in a direction toward the handle assembly 302. This sliding action causes the sloped nose region 3814 to enter the area between the battery assembly 301 and the lowermost portion of the extended battery securing portion 3506. As the sloped nose region 3814 moves forward, the extended battery securing portion 3506 rides up the sloped nose region 3814 and flexes away from the battery assembly 301. Stated differently, the extended battery securing portion 3506 bends away from the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 and receiver 3400.
[00264] Once the extended battery securing portion 3506 flexes to a certain degree, the bottom edges 3802a-3802b of the bosses 3802 and 3804 no longer engage with the voids 3508 and 3510 and the battery assembly 301 can easily be rotated from the orientation shown in FIG. 37 to that shown in FIG. 36 and, ultimately, separated from the handle assembly 302. The release mechanism 3806 is, of course, only one example of a mechanism that secures the battery assembly 301 to and releases the battery assembly 301 from the handle assembly 302. The release mechanism 3806 is advantageous in that it renders unintended detachment very unlikely.
To release the battery assembly 301, an operator needs to move the release mechanism 3806 toward the handle while, at the same time, rotating the battery assembly 301 away from the handle assembly 302. These two oppositely-directed forces/actions are very unlikely to occur simultaneously unless they are performed intentionally. Application of these different forces also requires the user's hands to be in a position different than an in-use position during surgery.
Such a configuration virtually ensures that accidental separation of the battery assembly 301 and handle assembly 302 does not occur.
To release the battery assembly 301, an operator needs to move the release mechanism 3806 toward the handle while, at the same time, rotating the battery assembly 301 away from the handle assembly 302. These two oppositely-directed forces/actions are very unlikely to occur simultaneously unless they are performed intentionally. Application of these different forces also requires the user's hands to be in a position different than an in-use position during surgery.
Such a configuration virtually ensures that accidental separation of the battery assembly 301 and handle assembly 302 does not occur.
[00265] The present invention also provides a significant advantage over prior art devices in the way the electrical connection between the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 and the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804 is formed. More specifically, looking again to FIG.
33, it can be seen that, in the illustrated exemplary embodiment of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804, sixteen contact pads 2806 are present -- the contact pads 2806a-d forming a first row 3304, contact pads 2806e-h forming a second row 3306, contact pads 2806i-1 forming a third row 3308, and contact pads 2806m-p forming a fourth row 3310.
33, it can be seen that, in the illustrated exemplary embodiment of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804, sixteen contact pads 2806 are present -- the contact pads 2806a-d forming a first row 3304, contact pads 2806e-h forming a second row 3306, contact pads 2806i-1 forming a third row 3308, and contact pads 2806m-p forming a fourth row 3310.
[00266] Similarly, as is shown in FIGS. 34 and 35, the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 includes a plurality of handle-connection pins 3504a-n (only twelve of the sixteen pins 3504a-n are shown in the view of FIG. 35). The handle contact pins are configured so that, when the battery assembly 301 is coupled to the handle assembly 302, each handle-connection pin 3504a-n is aligned with an individual one of the contact pads 2806. Therefore, the handle-connection pins 3504a-n are also disposed, in the particular embodiment shown in the drawings, in four rows 3404, 3406, 3408, and 3410.
[00267] When the battery assembly 301 is to be attached to the handle assembly 302, the catch 3300 is first placed in contact with the receiver 3400 and the battery assembly 301 is then rotated toward the extended battery securing portion 3506 until the bosses 3802, 3804, respectively, engage the voids 3508, 3510 in the extended battery securing portion 3506. One significant result of the rotation is that the physical/electrical connection between the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 and the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804 occurs sequentially, one row at a time, starting with battery row 3304 and handle row 3404.
[00268] According to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the first battery row 3304 includes a grounding contact pad and the last battery row 3410 includes at least one power contact pad. Therefore, the first contact between the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804 and the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 is a grounding connection and the last is the power connection. Installation of the battery assembly 301 will not cause a spark because the ground contact of the battery assembly 301 is a distance away from the last row 3410 of the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 when the powered connection is made.
As the battery assembly 301 is rotated into an attachment position (shown in FIG. 37), each battery row 3304, 3306, 3308, 3310 sequentially makes contact with each handle row 3404, 3406, 3408, 3410, respectively, but the power contact(s) is(are) only connected after a row having at least one grounding contact has been connected. In other words, as the battery assembly 301 is installed into the handle assembly 302, the battery assembly 301 is advantageously grounded before any power contacts are brought into contact with any portion of the handle assembly 302 -- a significant advantage over prior-art device power supply couples. In all known devices, the contacts supplying power (i.e., electric mains) are coupled simultaneous to other couplings, or randomly, depending on the approach orientation of the electric plug. This prior-art coupling leaves sparking or arcing as a persistent possibility. With the present invention, however, the possibility of sparking or arcing that is present in the prior art is entirely eliminated.
As the battery assembly 301 is rotated into an attachment position (shown in FIG. 37), each battery row 3304, 3306, 3308, 3310 sequentially makes contact with each handle row 3404, 3406, 3408, 3410, respectively, but the power contact(s) is(are) only connected after a row having at least one grounding contact has been connected. In other words, as the battery assembly 301 is installed into the handle assembly 302, the battery assembly 301 is advantageously grounded before any power contacts are brought into contact with any portion of the handle assembly 302 -- a significant advantage over prior-art device power supply couples. In all known devices, the contacts supplying power (i.e., electric mains) are coupled simultaneous to other couplings, or randomly, depending on the approach orientation of the electric plug. This prior-art coupling leaves sparking or arcing as a persistent possibility. With the present invention, however, the possibility of sparking or arcing that is present in the prior art is entirely eliminated.
[00269] In addition, in accordance with one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, one or more pins in any of the first, 3404, the second 3406, the third 3408, or the last row 3410 of the handle-connection pins 3504a-n are coupled to a battery presence detection circuit 3104.
In particular, one of the contacts in the last row 3410 is used as a present pad. The battery presence detection circuit 3104, after detecting the proper connection of the grounding pin(s) and the present pin of the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 to the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804, allows operation of the ultrasonic surgical assembly 300. In the embodiment where the battery present detection pad(s) is/are only in the last row, i.e., furthest away from the receiver 3400, the handle assembly 302 will not alter/change states until the battery assembly 301 is fully and securely installed, i.e., all contacts are properly connected.
This advantageous feature prevents any improper operation of the overall assembly. Similarly, when disconnecting the battery assembly 301, the last row 3410 is the first row disconnected from the handle-connection pins 3504a-n. Therefore, the device immediately responds to the absence of the battery assembly 301 from the handle assembly 302.
In particular, one of the contacts in the last row 3410 is used as a present pad. The battery presence detection circuit 3104, after detecting the proper connection of the grounding pin(s) and the present pin of the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 to the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804, allows operation of the ultrasonic surgical assembly 300. In the embodiment where the battery present detection pad(s) is/are only in the last row, i.e., furthest away from the receiver 3400, the handle assembly 302 will not alter/change states until the battery assembly 301 is fully and securely installed, i.e., all contacts are properly connected.
This advantageous feature prevents any improper operation of the overall assembly. Similarly, when disconnecting the battery assembly 301, the last row 3410 is the first row disconnected from the handle-connection pins 3504a-n. Therefore, the device immediately responds to the absence of the battery assembly 301 from the handle assembly 302.
[00270] In the exemplary embodiment, the battery protection circuit 702, i.e., the fuel gauge, monitors the present pad and waits for it to be grounded before powering the microprocessor 1006 within the TAG assembly 303. To do this, of course, the TAG assembly 303 must also be coupled to the handle assembly 302. More particularly, the TAG assembly 303 must be electrically coupled to the handle assembly's TAG electrical connector 5602.
Once the TAG
assembly 303 is coupled to the handle assembly's TAG electrical connector 5602 (see, e.g., FIGS. 36 and 37) and the battery assembly 301 is properly coupled to the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 (see, e.g., the configuration shown in FIG. 37), communication between the battery assembly 301 and the TAG assembly 302 occurs. After such communication is established, the device is ready for use and the battery controller 703 can signal a "ready-for-use"
state to the user, for example, by generating an indicative tone at the buzzer 802 within the handle assembly 302 and/or generating a visual indicator at the LEDs 906.
Once the TAG
assembly 303 is coupled to the handle assembly's TAG electrical connector 5602 (see, e.g., FIGS. 36 and 37) and the battery assembly 301 is properly coupled to the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 (see, e.g., the configuration shown in FIG. 37), communication between the battery assembly 301 and the TAG assembly 302 occurs. After such communication is established, the device is ready for use and the battery controller 703 can signal a "ready-for-use"
state to the user, for example, by generating an indicative tone at the buzzer 802 within the handle assembly 302 and/or generating a visual indicator at the LEDs 906.
[00271] In one exemplary embodiment for establishing this communication, the battery protection circuit 702 senses the presence of a proper connection between the battery assembly 301 and the handle assembly 302 by periodically pulsing a low-voltage signal to the present pad.
The battery protection circuit 702 monitors the present pad for a connection to ground, which ground is provided by the handle assembly 302 once the battery assembly 301 is properly connected thereto. However, because the battery assembly 301 may be submerged in a solution, for example, water during cleaning, it is advantageous for the battery assembly 301 not to sense a false ground condition as if the battery assembly 301 has been properly connected to the handle assembly 301 when the ground condition is only due to the solution electrically coupling the present pad to ground. For this reason, embodiments of the present invention provide a comparator that monitors the impedance between the present pad and ground. The comparator compares the impedance of a coupling between the present pad and ground to the reference impedance so that only when the impedance is less than a threshold impedance, i.e., less than that of a solution, will the battery assembly 301 operate.
The battery protection circuit 702 monitors the present pad for a connection to ground, which ground is provided by the handle assembly 302 once the battery assembly 301 is properly connected thereto. However, because the battery assembly 301 may be submerged in a solution, for example, water during cleaning, it is advantageous for the battery assembly 301 not to sense a false ground condition as if the battery assembly 301 has been properly connected to the handle assembly 301 when the ground condition is only due to the solution electrically coupling the present pad to ground. For this reason, embodiments of the present invention provide a comparator that monitors the impedance between the present pad and ground. The comparator compares the impedance of a coupling between the present pad and ground to the reference impedance so that only when the impedance is less than a threshold impedance, i.e., less than that of a solution, will the battery assembly 301 operate.
[00272] The illustrated design of the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 provides even further advantages over the prior art. In particular, the inventive handle-connection pins 3504a-n, shown in the enlarged partial perspective view of FIG. 39, provide a physical connection along with a lateral displacement that ensures removal of any foreign substances from the contact region where the handle-connection pins 3504a-n of the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 meet the contact pads 2806a-n of the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804.
Specifically, FIG. 39 shows the first handle-connection pin 3504a in its at-rest, non-contact state.
That is, the handle-connection pin 3504a has a spring force that places and retains it in the natural resting shape shown in FIG. 39. However, when the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804 is fully mated with the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502, the handle-connection pins 3504a-n compress. This compressed state is shown, for example, by handle-connection pins 3504b and 3504f in FIG. 39.
Specifically, FIG. 39 shows the first handle-connection pin 3504a in its at-rest, non-contact state.
That is, the handle-connection pin 3504a has a spring force that places and retains it in the natural resting shape shown in FIG. 39. However, when the multi-lead battery terminal assembly 2804 is fully mated with the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502, the handle-connection pins 3504a-n compress. This compressed state is shown, for example, by handle-connection pins 3504b and 3504f in FIG. 39.
[00273] The compression placed on the handle-connection pin 3504a-n by the contact pad 2806 not only provides positive pressure to retain the electrical connection, but also causes the connecting surface of each handle-connection pin 3504a-n to move a distance D
with respect to the longitudinal extent of the pin 3504. This distance D is illustrated in FIG. 39 by a first line 3901 showing where an apex of a connecting surface of a first handle-connection pin 3504e exists when the pin 3504e is in its uncompressed state. A second line 3902 shows where the apex of the connecting surface of the neighboring second handle-connection pin 3504f exists when the pin 3504f is compressed. The difference between the two lines defines a longitudinal distance D that the connecting surface of each pin 3504a-n translates when compressed. This movement is initiated when the handle-connection pin 3504a-n and the respective contact pad 2806 first make contact and continues until the battery assembly 301 is fully seated between the receiver 3400 and the extended battery securing portion 3506, as shown in the cutaway perspective view FIG. 40. The translation movement of the handle-connection pins 3504a-n produces a swiping motion that effectively wipes the contact pad 2806 clean, thus improving electrical connection therebetween. This wiping effect can prove highly advantageous when, for instance, a battery needs to be replaced in an operating environment and material, such as blood, comes into contact with the contact pads 2806 or when the pads are corroded from repeated use or due to exposure to cleaning agents.
with respect to the longitudinal extent of the pin 3504. This distance D is illustrated in FIG. 39 by a first line 3901 showing where an apex of a connecting surface of a first handle-connection pin 3504e exists when the pin 3504e is in its uncompressed state. A second line 3902 shows where the apex of the connecting surface of the neighboring second handle-connection pin 3504f exists when the pin 3504f is compressed. The difference between the two lines defines a longitudinal distance D that the connecting surface of each pin 3504a-n translates when compressed. This movement is initiated when the handle-connection pin 3504a-n and the respective contact pad 2806 first make contact and continues until the battery assembly 301 is fully seated between the receiver 3400 and the extended battery securing portion 3506, as shown in the cutaway perspective view FIG. 40. The translation movement of the handle-connection pins 3504a-n produces a swiping motion that effectively wipes the contact pad 2806 clean, thus improving electrical connection therebetween. This wiping effect can prove highly advantageous when, for instance, a battery needs to be replaced in an operating environment and material, such as blood, comes into contact with the contact pads 2806 or when the pads are corroded from repeated use or due to exposure to cleaning agents.
[00274] The view of FIG. 39 shows yet another advantageous feature of the present invention.
In FIG. 39, it can be seen that the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 features flanged sides 3904 that protect the handle-connection pins 3504a-n of the handle assembly 302.
In FIG. 39, it can be seen that the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 features flanged sides 3904 that protect the handle-connection pins 3504a-n of the handle assembly 302.
[00275] A further advantage of the present invention is that the entire battery assembly 301 can be sterilized. If there is a need for replacement during a medical procedure, the battery assembly can be easily replaced with a new sterile battery assembly. The gas-tight construction of the battery assembly 301 allows it to be sterilized, for example, using low-temperature vapor phase Hydrogen Peroxide (H202) as performed by the sterilization devices manufactured by the Steris Corporation and referred to under the trade name V-PRO or manufactured by Advanced Sterilization Products (ASP), division of Ethicon, Inc., a Johnson & Johnson company, and referred to under the trade name STERRADt. Because the Lithium cells of the battery assembly 301 are damaged when heated above 60 C, non-heating sterilization commonly used in hospitals today makes the battery assembly 301 easily re-used in surgical environments.
[00276] a. Battery Pressure Valve
[00277] The battery assembly 301 of the present invention features yet another inventive feature. As shown in FIG. 37, the battery assembly 301 includes a pressure valve 3702 that, as will be explained below, prevents the influence of external atmospheric pressure -- both positive and negative -- on the battery assembly's internal pressure, while providing for emergency pressure relief for excess internal pressure, e.g., >30 psi. This valve 3702, advantageously, has a large enough opening to vent any internally accumulating gases quickly. Also advantageously, the inventive valve 3702 does not instantaneously open and close with small changes in pressure, as do some prior art venting devices. Instead, the opening and closing events of the valve 3702 have several defined stages. In an exemplary configuration of the valve 3702, during the first stage (( 30 psi), the valve 3702 remains sealed, as shown in FIGS. 41 and 42, and does not allow gas flow into or out of the battery compartment. This exemplary embodiment can be referred to as a so-called poppet valve. In stage 2, once pressure has increased just enough to counter the force of a spring 4102 holding an 0-ring 4104 surrounding a poppet 4106 against a valve seat 4202, shown in the cutaway view of FIG. 42, fluid/gas will begin to escape between the 0-ring 4104 and the seat 4202. In stage 3, pressure has pushed the valve 3702 open enough to allow a significant amount of fluid/gas to pass the seal 4104, 4202. This is enough to measure accurately. At this point, and up to stage 4, internal pressure has forced the valve completely open, i.e., the 0-ring 4104 has moved completely off of the seat 4202.
Additional pressure has diminished effect on the flow because the valve cannot open further.
Additional pressure has diminished effect on the flow because the valve cannot open further.
[00278] In stage 5, pressure on the valve 3702 begins to decrease and the poppet 4106 starts to shut. As the poppet 4106 retracts, it follows the same sequence as occurred during opening through hysteresis (i.e., retardation of an effect when forces acting upon a body are changed, dictating that a lag in closing occurs). As a result, when the poppet 4106 begins its return, it lags in position relative to the curve of FIG. 44 traversed when the poppet 4106 was opening. At stage 6, the 0-ring 4104 just touches the seat 4202. The valve does not seal at this point, as there is no force pressing the 0-ring 4104 into the seat 4202. In step 7, the force of the spring 4102 compresses the 0-ring 4104 with sufficient force to seal the valve shut. The valve 3702 can now return to stage 1, shown in FIGS. 41 and 42. For ease of testing the valve 3702, the poppet 4106 is formed with a tear-off handle 4108. In this exemplary configuration, a user or leak-testing fixture can grasp the handle 4108 and move the poppet 4106 out and back within the valve dock 4204, here, shown located in one half of the outer shell 2802a or 2802b of the battery assembly 301. When testing is finished, the user, for example, the manufacturer, can tear off or otherwise remove the handle 4108 to prevent further user-controlled poppet 4106 movement. Removal of the handle 4108 is made easier with a narrowing 4110 formed at the base of the handle 4108.
[00279] b. Smart Battery
[00280] In additional exemplary embodiments of the present invention, a smart battery is used to power the surgical ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300. However, the smart battery is not limited to the ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300 and, as will be explained, can be used in a variety of devices, which may or may not have power requirements (i.e., current and voltage) that vary from one another. The smart battery, in accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, is advantageously able to identify the particular device to which it is electrically coupled. It does this through encrypted or unencrypted identification methods. For instance, a battery assembly 301 shown in FIG. 57 can have a connection portion, such as portion 5702. The handle assembly 302 can also be provided with a device identifier communicatively coupled to the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502 and operable to communicate at least one piece of information about the handle assembly 302.
This information can pertain to the number of times the handle assembly 302 has been used, the number of times a TAG assembly 303 (presently connected to the handle assembly 302) has been used, the number of times a waveguide assembly 304 (presently connected to the handle assembly 302) has been used, the type of waveguide assembly 304 that is presently connected to the handle assembly 302, the type or identity of the TAG assembly 303 that is presently connected to the handle assembly 302, or many other characteristics. When the smart battery assembly 301 is inserted in the handle assembly 302, the connection portion 5702 within the smart battery assembly 301 makes communicating contact with the device identifier 5704 of the handle assembly 302. The handle assembly 302, through hardware, software, or a combination thereof, is able to transmit information to the smart battery assembly 301 (whether by self-initiation or in response to a request from the battery assembly 301). This communicated identifier is received by the connection portion 5702 of the smart battery assembly 301. In one exemplary embodiment, once the smart battery assembly 301 receives the information, the communication portion 5702 is operable to control the output of the battery assembly 301 to comply with the device's specific power requirements.
This information can pertain to the number of times the handle assembly 302 has been used, the number of times a TAG assembly 303 (presently connected to the handle assembly 302) has been used, the number of times a waveguide assembly 304 (presently connected to the handle assembly 302) has been used, the type of waveguide assembly 304 that is presently connected to the handle assembly 302, the type or identity of the TAG assembly 303 that is presently connected to the handle assembly 302, or many other characteristics. When the smart battery assembly 301 is inserted in the handle assembly 302, the connection portion 5702 within the smart battery assembly 301 makes communicating contact with the device identifier 5704 of the handle assembly 302. The handle assembly 302, through hardware, software, or a combination thereof, is able to transmit information to the smart battery assembly 301 (whether by self-initiation or in response to a request from the battery assembly 301). This communicated identifier is received by the connection portion 5702 of the smart battery assembly 301. In one exemplary embodiment, once the smart battery assembly 301 receives the information, the communication portion 5702 is operable to control the output of the battery assembly 301 to comply with the device's specific power requirements.
[00281] In an exemplary embodiment, the communication portion 5702 includes a processor, such as processor 1118, and a memory, which may be separate or a single component. The processor 1118, in combination with the memory, is able to provide intelligent power management for the handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300. This embodiment is particularly advantageous because an ultrasonic device, such as handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300, has a power requirement (frequency, current, and voltage) that may be unique to the handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300. In fact, handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300 may have a particular power requirement or limitation for one dimension or type of waveguide 1502 and a second different power requirement for a second type of waveguide having a different dimension, shape, and/or configuration.
[00282] A smart battery 301 according to the invention, therefore, allows a single battery assembly to be used amongst several surgical devices. Because the smart battery 301 is able to identify to which device it is attached and is able to alter its output accordingly, the operators of various different surgical devices utilizing the smart battery 301 no longer need be concerned about which power source they are attempting to install within the electronic device being used.
This is particularly advantageous in an operating environment where a battery assembly needs to be replaced in the middle of a complex surgical procedure.
This is particularly advantageous in an operating environment where a battery assembly needs to be replaced in the middle of a complex surgical procedure.
[00283] In a further exemplary embodiment, the smart battery 301 stores in a memory 5706 a record of each time a particular device is used. This record can be useful for assessing the end of a device's useful or permitted life. For instance, once a device is used 20 times, all such batteries 301 connected to the device will refuse to supply power thereto -- because the device is defined as a "no longer reliable" surgical instrument. Reliability is determined based on a number of factors. One factor can be wear ¨ after a certain number of uses, the parts of the device can become worn and tolerances between parts exceeded. For instance, the smart battery 301 can sense the number of button pushes received by the handle assembly 302 and can determine when a maximum number of button pushes has been met or exceeded. The smart battery 301 can also monitor an impedance of the button mechanism which can change, for instance, if the handle gets contaminated, for example, with saline.
[00284] This wear can lead to an unacceptable failure during a procedure. In some exemplary embodiments, the smart battery 301 can recognize which parts are combined together in a device and even how many uses each part has experienced. For instance, looking at FIG. 57, if the battery assembly 301 is a smart battery according to the invention, it can identify both the handle assembly 302, as well as the particular TAG assembly 303, well before the user attempts use of the composite device. The memory 5706 within the smart battery 301 can, for example, record each time the TAG assembly 303 is operated. If each TAG assembly 303 has an individual identifier, the smart battery 301 can keep track of each TAG assembly's use and refuse to supply power to that TAG assembly 303 once the handle assembly 302 or the TAG
assembly 303 exceeds its maximum number of uses. The TAG assembly 303, the handle assembly 302, or other components can include a memory chip that records this information as well. In this way, any number of smart batteries 301 can be used with any number of TAG
assemblies, staplers, vessel sealers, etc. and still be able to determine the total number of uses, or the total time of use (through use of the clock 330), or the total number of actuations, etc. of each TAG assembly, each stapler, each vessel sealer, etc. or charge or discharge cycles.
assembly 303 exceeds its maximum number of uses. The TAG assembly 303, the handle assembly 302, or other components can include a memory chip that records this information as well. In this way, any number of smart batteries 301 can be used with any number of TAG
assemblies, staplers, vessel sealers, etc. and still be able to determine the total number of uses, or the total time of use (through use of the clock 330), or the total number of actuations, etc. of each TAG assembly, each stapler, each vessel sealer, etc. or charge or discharge cycles.
[00285] In some exemplary embodiments, the smart battery 301 can communicate to the user through audio and/or visual feedback. For example, the smart battery 301 can cause the LEDs 906 to light in a pre-set way. In such a case, even though the microcontroller 1006 in the generator 904 controls the LEDs 906, the microcontroller 1006 receives instructions to be carried out directly from the smart battery 301.
[00286] In yet a further exemplary embodiment, the microcontroller 1006 in the generator 904, when not in use for a predetermined period of time, goes into a sleep mode.
Advantageously, when in the sleep mode, the clock speed of the microcontroller 1006 is reduced, cutting the current drain significantly. Some current continues to be consumed, because the processor continues pinging waiting to sense an input.
Advantageously, when the microcontroller 1006 is in this power saving sleep mode, the microcontroller 1106 and the battery controller 703 can directly control the LEDs 906. This is a power-saving feature that eliminates the need for waking up the microcontroller 1006. Another exemplary embodiment slows down one or more of the microcontrollers to conserve power when not in use. For example, the clock frequencies of both microcontrollers can be reduced to save power. To maintain synchronized operation, the microcontrollers coordinate the changing of their respective clock frequencies to occur at about the same time, both the reduction and, then, the subsequent increase in frequency when full speed operation is required. For example, when entering the idle mode, the clock frequencies are decreased and, when exiting the idle mode, the frequencies are increased.
Advantageously, when in the sleep mode, the clock speed of the microcontroller 1006 is reduced, cutting the current drain significantly. Some current continues to be consumed, because the processor continues pinging waiting to sense an input.
Advantageously, when the microcontroller 1006 is in this power saving sleep mode, the microcontroller 1106 and the battery controller 703 can directly control the LEDs 906. This is a power-saving feature that eliminates the need for waking up the microcontroller 1006. Another exemplary embodiment slows down one or more of the microcontrollers to conserve power when not in use. For example, the clock frequencies of both microcontrollers can be reduced to save power. To maintain synchronized operation, the microcontrollers coordinate the changing of their respective clock frequencies to occur at about the same time, both the reduction and, then, the subsequent increase in frequency when full speed operation is required. For example, when entering the idle mode, the clock frequencies are decreased and, when exiting the idle mode, the frequencies are increased.
[00287] In an additional exemplary embodiment, the smart battery 301 is able to determine the amount of usable power left within its cells 701 and is programmed to only operate the surgical device to which it is attached if it determines there is enough battery power remaining to predictably operate the device throughout the anticipated procedure. For example, the smart battery 301 is able to remain in a non-operational state if there is not enough power with the cells 701 to operate the surgical device for 20 seconds. According to one exemplary embodiment, the smart battery 301 determines the amount of power remaining within the cells 701 at the end of its most recent preceding function, e.g., a surgical cutting. In this embodiment, therefore, the battery assembly 301 would not allow a subsequent function to be carried out if, for example, during that procedure, it determines that the cells 701 have insufficient power.
Alternatively, if the smart battery 301 determines that there is sufficient power for a subsequent procedure and goes below that threshold during the procedure, it would not interrupt the ongoing procedure and, instead, will allow it to finish and thereafter prevent additional procedures from occurring.
Alternatively, if the smart battery 301 determines that there is sufficient power for a subsequent procedure and goes below that threshold during the procedure, it would not interrupt the ongoing procedure and, instead, will allow it to finish and thereafter prevent additional procedures from occurring.
[00288] The following explains an advantage of the invention with regard to maximizing use of the device with the smart battery 301 of the invention. Take an example where a set of different devices have different waveguides. By definition, each of the waveguides could have a respective maximum allowable power limit where exceeding that power limit overstresses the waveguide and eventually causes it to fracture. One waveguide from the set of waveguides will naturally have the smallest maximum power tolerance. Because prior-art batteries lack intelligent battery power management, the output of prior-art batteries must be limited by a value of the smallest maximum allowable power input for the smallest/thinnest/most-frail waveguide in the set that is envisioned to be used with the device/battery. This would be true even though larger, thicker waveguides could later be attached to that handle and, by definition, allow a greater force to be applied. This limitation is also true for maximum battery power. For example, if one battery is designed to be used in multiple devices, its maximum output power will be limited to the lowest maximum power rating of any of the devices in which it is to be used. With such a configuration, one or more devices or device configurations would not be able to maximize use of the battery because the battery does not know the particular device's specific limits.
[00289] In contrast thereto, exemplary embodiments of the present invention utilizing the smart battery 301 are able to intelligently circumvent the above-mentioned prior art ultrasonic device limitations. The smart battery 301 can produce one output for one device or a particular device configuration and the same battery assembly 301 can later produce a different output for a second device or device configuration. This universal smart battery surgical system lends itself well to the modern operating room where space and time are at a premium. By having a single smart battery pack operate many different devices, the nurses can easily manage the storage, retrieval, and inventory of these packs. Advantageously, the smart battery system according to the invention requires only one type of charging station, thus increasing ease and efficiency of use and decreasing cost of surgical room charging equipment.
[00290] In addition, other devices, such as an electric stapler, may have a completely different power requirement than that of the ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300.
With the present invention, a single smart battery 301 can be used with any one of an entire series of surgical devices and can be made to tailor its own power output to the particular device in which it is installed. In one exemplary embodiment, this power tailoring is performed by controlling the duty cycle of a switched mode power supply, such as buck, buck-boost, boost, or other configuration, integral with or otherwise coupled to and controlled by the smart battery 301. In other exemplary embodiments, the smart battery 301 can dynamically change its power output during device operation. For instance, in vessel sealing devices, power management is very important. In these devices, large constant current values are needed. The total power output needs to be adjusted dynamically because, as the tissue is sealed, its impedance changes.
Embodiments of the present invention provide the smart battery 301 with a variable maximum current limit. The current limit can vary from one application (or device) to another, based on the requirements of the application or device.
With the present invention, a single smart battery 301 can be used with any one of an entire series of surgical devices and can be made to tailor its own power output to the particular device in which it is installed. In one exemplary embodiment, this power tailoring is performed by controlling the duty cycle of a switched mode power supply, such as buck, buck-boost, boost, or other configuration, integral with or otherwise coupled to and controlled by the smart battery 301. In other exemplary embodiments, the smart battery 301 can dynamically change its power output during device operation. For instance, in vessel sealing devices, power management is very important. In these devices, large constant current values are needed. The total power output needs to be adjusted dynamically because, as the tissue is sealed, its impedance changes.
Embodiments of the present invention provide the smart battery 301 with a variable maximum current limit. The current limit can vary from one application (or device) to another, based on the requirements of the application or device.
[00291] XII. HANDLE ASSEMBLY--MECHANICAL
[00292] FIG. 45 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of a right-hand side of the handle portion 302 with the left shell half removed. The handle assembly 302 has four basic functions: (1) couple the battery assembly 301 to the multi-lead handle terminal assembly 3502; (2) couple the TAG assembly 303 to a TAG attachment dock 4502; (3) couple the ultrasonic cutting blade and waveguide assembly 304 to a waveguide attachment dock 4504; and (4) provide the triggering mechanics 4506 to operate the three components (battery assembly 301, TAG
assembly 303, and ultrasonic cutting blade and waveguide assembly 304).
assembly 303, and ultrasonic cutting blade and waveguide assembly 304).
[00293] a. TAG Attachment Dock
[00294] The TAG attachment dock 4502 is exposed to the environment and shaped to interchangeably secure the TAG assembly 303 to the handle assembly 302. The waveguide attachment dock 4504 is shaped to align a proximal end of the waveguide 1502 to the transducer 902. When the transducer 902 is docked in the TAG attachment dock 4502 and the waveguide assembly 304 is docked in the waveguide attachment dock 4504, and the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502 are attached together, the waveguide 1502 and the transducer 902 are held at the handle assembly 302 in a freely rotatable manner.
[00295] As can be seen in FIGS. 45 and 46, the handle assembly 302 includes two clamshell-connecting body halves, the right half 4503 being shown in FIG. 45 and the left half being shown in FIG. 46. The two halves 4503, 4603 form at least a portion of the waveguide attachment dock 4504, which can be considered as being exposed to the environment when the waveguide rotation spindle 3704 is not present. A first couple 4602 is operable to selectively removably secure the ultrasonic waveguide assembly 304 to the handle assembly 302. In the exemplary embodiment shown, the spindle 3704 has an intermediate annular groove 4603 shaped to receive an annular boss 4605. When the two halves 4503, 4603 are connected, the groove 4603 and boss 4605 form a longitudinal connection of the waveguide assembly 304 that is free to rotate.
[00296] The TAG attachment dock 4502 opposes the waveguide attachment dock 4504. The TAG attachment dock 4502 is exposed to the environment and has a second couple operable to removably secure the ultrasonic transducer 902 to the ultrasonic waveguide 1502 when the ultrasonic waveguide assembly 304 is coupled to the waveguide attachment dock 4504.
The couples 4602 and 4604 can simply be aligned passageways or any other structure that place the waveguide 1502 into axial alignment with the transducer 902. Of course, the couples 4602 and 4604 can provide more structure, such as threads, that actually hold the waveguide 1502 and/or transducer 902 to the handle or to one another.
The couples 4602 and 4604 can simply be aligned passageways or any other structure that place the waveguide 1502 into axial alignment with the transducer 902. Of course, the couples 4602 and 4604 can provide more structure, such as threads, that actually hold the waveguide 1502 and/or transducer 902 to the handle or to one another.
[00297] b. Controls
[00298] Looking now to FIG. 46, a trigger 4606 and a button 4608 are shown as components of the handle assembly 302. The trigger 4606 activates the end effector 118, which has a cooperative association with the blade portion 116 of the waveguide 114 to enable various kinds of contact between the end effector 118 and blade portion 116 with tissue and/or other substances. As shown in FIG. 1, the end effector 118 is usually a pivoting jaw (see e.g., FIGS.
73 et seq.) that acts to grasp or clamp onto tissue disposed between the jaw and the blade 116.
73 et seq.) that acts to grasp or clamp onto tissue disposed between the jaw and the blade 116.
[00299] The button 4608, when depressed, places the ultrasonic surgical assembly 300 into an ultrasonic operating mode, which causes ultrasonic motion at the waveguide 1502. In a first exemplary embodiment, depression of the button 4608 causes electrical contacts within a switch 4702, shown in FIG. 47, to close, thereby completing a circuit between the battery assembly 301 and the TAG assembly 303 so that electrical power is applied to the transducer 902. In another exemplary embodiment, depression of the button 4608 closes electrical contacts to the battery assembly 301. Of course, the description of closing electrical contacts in a circuit is, here, merely an exemplary general description of switch operation. There are many alternative embodiments that can include opening contacts or processor-controlled power delivery that receives information from the switch 4702 and directs a corresponding circuit reaction based on the information.
[00300] FIG. 47 shows the switch 4702 from a left-side elevational view and FIG. 48 provides a cutaway perspective view of the interior of the handle body, revealing different detail of the switch 4800. In a first embodiment, the switch 4800 is provided with a plurality of contacts 4804a-n. Depression of a plunger 4802 of the switch 4702 activates the switch and initiates a switch state change and a corresponding change of position or contact between two or more of the plurality of contacts 4804a-n. If a circuit is connected through the switch 4702, i.e., the switch 4702 controls power delivery to the transducer 902, the state change will either complete or break the circuit, depending on the operation mode of the switch 4702.
[00301] FIG. 49 shows an embodiment of the switch 4702 that provides two switching stages.
The switch 4702 includes two sub-switches 4902 and 4904. The sub-switches 4902 and 4904 advantageously provide two levels of switching within a single button 4802.
When the user depresses the plunger 4802 inward to a first extent, the first sub-switch 4902 is activated, thereby providing a first switch output on the contacts 4804a-n (not shown in this view). When the plunger 4802 is depressed further inward to a second extent, the second sub-switch 4904 is activated, resulting in a different output on the contacts 4804a-n. An example of this two-stage switch 4702 in actual use would be for the TAG generator 904 to have two possible output power levels available, each resulting in a different motion displacement value of the waveguide 1502.
Activation of the first sub-switch 4902 can, for example, initiate the first output power level from the generator 904 and activation of the second sub-switch 4904 could result in a second power level to be output from the generator 904. An exemplary embodiment of this two stage switch 4702 provides a low-power level for the first displacement and a high-power level for the second displacement. Configuring the sub-switches 4902 and 4904 in a stack, shown in FIG. 49, advantageously makes it easy and intuitive for an operator to move from the first switch mode, i.e., first power level, to the second switch mode, i.e., second power level, by simply squeezing the plunger 4802 of the button 4702 with increased force.
The switch 4702 includes two sub-switches 4902 and 4904. The sub-switches 4902 and 4904 advantageously provide two levels of switching within a single button 4802.
When the user depresses the plunger 4802 inward to a first extent, the first sub-switch 4902 is activated, thereby providing a first switch output on the contacts 4804a-n (not shown in this view). When the plunger 4802 is depressed further inward to a second extent, the second sub-switch 4904 is activated, resulting in a different output on the contacts 4804a-n. An example of this two-stage switch 4702 in actual use would be for the TAG generator 904 to have two possible output power levels available, each resulting in a different motion displacement value of the waveguide 1502.
Activation of the first sub-switch 4902 can, for example, initiate the first output power level from the generator 904 and activation of the second sub-switch 4904 could result in a second power level to be output from the generator 904. An exemplary embodiment of this two stage switch 4702 provides a low-power level for the first displacement and a high-power level for the second displacement. Configuring the sub-switches 4902 and 4904 in a stack, shown in FIG. 49, advantageously makes it easy and intuitive for an operator to move from the first switch mode, i.e., first power level, to the second switch mode, i.e., second power level, by simply squeezing the plunger 4802 of the button 4702 with increased force.
[00302] In one embodiment of the sub-switches 4902 and 4904, spring force could be utilized, with each spring having a different spring-force rating. When the plunger 4802 is initially depressed, the first spring in the first sub-switch 4902 begins to compress.
Because a second spring located in the second sub-switch 4904 is stiffer than the first spring, only the first sub-switch 4902 is caused to change switching states. Once the first sub-switch 4902 is depressed a sufficient distance to change switching states, further (greater) force applied to the plunger 4802 causes the second stiffer spring to depress and the second sub-switch 4904 to change states.
Because a second spring located in the second sub-switch 4904 is stiffer than the first spring, only the first sub-switch 4902 is caused to change switching states. Once the first sub-switch 4902 is depressed a sufficient distance to change switching states, further (greater) force applied to the plunger 4802 causes the second stiffer spring to depress and the second sub-switch 4904 to change states.
[00303] In practice, ultrasonic cutting devices, such as ones employing the present invention, encounter a variety of tissue types and sizes and are used in a variety of surgical procedure types, varying from precise movements that must be tightly controlled to non-delicate cutting material that requires less control. It is therefore advantageous to provide at least two ultrasonic cutting power levels that allow an operator to select between a low-power cutting mode and a higher-power cutting mode. For example, in the low-power cutting mode, i.e., only the first sub-switch 4902 is depressed, the tip of the waveguide 1502 moves at about 0.002 inches of displacement.
In the higher-power cutting mode, i.e., both the first and second sub-switches 4902 and 4904 are depressed, the tip of the waveguide 1502 moves at about 0.003 inches of displacement, providing a more robust cutting tool that can move through tissue at a quicker rate or cut though tougher, denser matter quicker than the lower-power setting. For example, cutting through mesentery is generally performed at a more rapid rate at higher power, whereas vessel sealing can be performed at lower power and over a longer period of time.
In the higher-power cutting mode, i.e., both the first and second sub-switches 4902 and 4904 are depressed, the tip of the waveguide 1502 moves at about 0.003 inches of displacement, providing a more robust cutting tool that can move through tissue at a quicker rate or cut though tougher, denser matter quicker than the lower-power setting. For example, cutting through mesentery is generally performed at a more rapid rate at higher power, whereas vessel sealing can be performed at lower power and over a longer period of time.
[00304] The present invention, however, is in no way limited to stacked switches and can also include switches that are independent of one another. For instance, the shape of the button 4608 may have a first portion that makes contact with a first low-power switch and a second portion that, upon further movement of the button, makes contact with a second high-power switch. The present invention is to be considered as including any multiple-stage switch that engages different stages by movement of a single button.
[00305] In one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the switch 4702, 4800 provides a physical resistance analogous to a compound bow. Compound bows, which are well known for shooting arrows at a high rate of speed, have a draw-force curve which rises to a peak force and then lets off to a lower holding force. By recreating this physical affect with the second sub-switch 4904, the user of the device will find moving into and engaging the first sub-switch 4902 to be rather easy, while moving into the higher-power mode, initiated by depression of the second sub-switch 4904 requiring a higher depression force, to be an occurrence that takes place only by the operator consciously applying an increased force. Once the higher depression force is overcome, however, the force required to maintain the second sub-switch 4904 in the depressed position decreases, allowing the operator to remain in the higher-power mode, i.e., keeping the button depressed, without fatiguing the operator's finger. This compound-bow-type effect can be accomplished in a variety of ways. Examples include an offset cam, overcoming a pin force or other blocking object, software control, dome switches, and many others.
[00306] In one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the switch 4702 produces an audible sound when the switch 4702 moves from the first mode to the second higher-power mode. For example, the audible sound can be emanated from button, itself, or from the buzzer 802. The sound notifies the operator of entry into the higher-power mode. The notification can advantageously prevent unintended operation of the inventive ultrasonic device.
[00307] c. Near-Over-Center Trigger
[00308] Referring now to FIGS. 61-64, a variable-pressure trigger will be shown and described.
The components of the variable pressure trigger can be seen in the perspective partial view of the right hand side of the handle assembly 302 illustrated in each of FIGS. 61-64.
In this view, several of the internal components are exposed and viewable because much of the shell of the handle assembly 302 is not present. In practice, many of the components shown in FIGS. 61-64 are covered by the shell, protected, and not viewable.
The components of the variable pressure trigger can be seen in the perspective partial view of the right hand side of the handle assembly 302 illustrated in each of FIGS. 61-64.
In this view, several of the internal components are exposed and viewable because much of the shell of the handle assembly 302 is not present. In practice, many of the components shown in FIGS. 61-64 are covered by the shell, protected, and not viewable.
[00309] Looking first to FIG. 61, at least a portion of a trigger pivot assembly 6102 is shown.
The assembly 6102 includes a first pivoting member 6104 and a second pivoting member 6106.
In the following discussion, a comparison between FIG. 61 and each of FIGS. 62-64 will be described that illustrates the interaction between the first pivoting member 6104 and the second pivoting member 6106 as the trigger 4606 is progressively squeezed by an operator.
The assembly 6102 includes a first pivoting member 6104 and a second pivoting member 6106.
In the following discussion, a comparison between FIG. 61 and each of FIGS. 62-64 will be described that illustrates the interaction between the first pivoting member 6104 and the second pivoting member 6106 as the trigger 4606 is progressively squeezed by an operator.
[00310] The first pivoting member 6104 is an elongated structure and has a first end 6112 and a second end 6114. The first end 6112 of the first pivoting member 6104 is rotationally coupled to a first pivot pin 6116 while the second end 6114 is rotationally coupled to a second pivot pin 6118. In the elevational view of FIG. 61, the exemplary embodiment of the first pivoting member 6104 can be seen as including two separate halves, each half coupled to the first pivot pin 6116 and the second pivot pin 6118 and being connected together at a center section. There is, however, no requirement that this pivoting member comprise this configuration. The pivoting member can be any structure that couples the two pivot pins 6116 and 6118 and provides the proximally directed force at the first pivot pin 6116 to translate the actuator for the end effector 118, which end effector 118 will be described in further detail below. As can be seen in FIGS.
61 to 64, the first pivot pin 6116 rides within a longitudinally extending guide track 6130 shown on left body half 4603 of the handle assembly 302, a mirror image of which is similarly present on the opposing right body half 4503. As the trigger 4606 is depressed, shown in the progression of FIG. 61, to FIG. 62, to FIG. 63, to FIG. 64, the first pivot pin 6116 translates in the proximal direction a sufficient distance to actuate the end effector 118 from an at-rest position (shown by the first pivot pin position in FIG. 61) to a fully actuated position (shown by the first pivot pin position in FIG. 64).
61 to 64, the first pivot pin 6116 rides within a longitudinally extending guide track 6130 shown on left body half 4603 of the handle assembly 302, a mirror image of which is similarly present on the opposing right body half 4503. As the trigger 4606 is depressed, shown in the progression of FIG. 61, to FIG. 62, to FIG. 63, to FIG. 64, the first pivot pin 6116 translates in the proximal direction a sufficient distance to actuate the end effector 118 from an at-rest position (shown by the first pivot pin position in FIG. 61) to a fully actuated position (shown by the first pivot pin position in FIG. 64).
[00311] In accordance with the exemplary embodiment shown, the second pivot pin 6118 is coupled to and is part of the trigger 4606. In particular, the entire second pivoting member 6106, including the pivot pin 6118, actually comprises a furthest extent of the trigger 4606. This furthest extent of the trigger 4606 (the second pivoting member 6106) is, itself, rotationally coupled to a third (fixed) pivot pin 6110 within the handle assembly 302. This third pivot pin 6110 defines the axis about which the trigger 4606 rotates with respect to the handle assembly 302. The third pivot pin 6110 is shared by a sliding rotational-lockout member 6508, which works in conjunction with a rotational lockout blade. The purpose and details of the rotational lockout blade will be explained in the following section.
[00312] Because the position of the third pivot pin 6110 is fixed with respect to the handle assembly 302, when the trigger 4606 is squeezed by the operator, the first pivot pin 6116 moves away from the third pivot pin 6110. In addition, as the first pivot pin 6116 is moving away from the third pivot pin 6110, the second pivot pin 6118 traverses an arc starting at the position shown in FIG. 61, where the second pivot pin 6118 is well below an imaginary line 6120 connecting the first pivot pin 6116 to the third pivot pin 6110, to the position shown in FIG. 64, where the second pivot pin 6118 is much closer to that imaginary line 6120 still connecting the first pivot pin 6116 to the third pivot pin 6110.
[00313] The movement of the trigger 4606 from the position shown in FIG. 61, through the positions shown in FIGS. 62 through 64 results in a clamping movement of the end effector 118 in a direction toward the waveguide 1502. In other words, squeezing the trigger 4606 causes the end effector 118 to move from an open position to a closed position (via movement of the outer tube 7302 as described below). Advantageously, interaction between the first pivoting member 6104 and the second pivoting member 6106, illustrated in a comparison of FIGS.
61 through 64, provides a trigger motion with varying requisite pressures to maintain trigger depression. This variable pressure linkage (6110, 6106, 6118, 6104, 6116) advantageously reduces fatigue on the operator's hand because, once fully depressed, it requires much less pressure to keep the trigger 4606 in the depressed position as compared to the pressure required to partially depress the trigger 4606 as shown, for example, in FIG. 62.
61 through 64, provides a trigger motion with varying requisite pressures to maintain trigger depression. This variable pressure linkage (6110, 6106, 6118, 6104, 6116) advantageously reduces fatigue on the operator's hand because, once fully depressed, it requires much less pressure to keep the trigger 4606 in the depressed position as compared to the pressure required to partially depress the trigger 4606 as shown, for example, in FIG. 62.
[00314] More specifically, when an operator first applies pressure to the trigger 4606, a first force is required to move the second pivot pin 6118 (with reference to the orientation shown in FIG. 61) upwards. The force required to actuate the end effector 118 is actually longitudinal because the first pivot pin 6116 must move proximally. This force moves the second pivot pin 6118 along an arc that, consequently, moves the first pivot pin 6116 away from the third pivot pin 6110 and defines two force vectors along the pivoting members 6104, 6106.
The two force vectors, in the position shown in FIG. 61, are at an angle 6122 of approximately 100 and are indicated with a left-pointing black vector and a right-pointing white vector for clarity.
The two force vectors, in the position shown in FIG. 61, are at an angle 6122 of approximately 100 and are indicated with a left-pointing black vector and a right-pointing white vector for clarity.
[00315] Turning now to FIG. 62, it can be seen that the trigger 4606 has been moved from the resting position shown in FIG. 61. This partial movement occurs when the trigger is squeezed during a typical medical procedure at first tissue contact. As the trigger 4606 is squeezed, i.e., moved toward the handle assembly 302, the first pivot pin 6116, the first pivoting member 6104, the second pivoting member 6106, and the second pivot pin 6118 all change positions. More specifically, the second pivoting member 6106 rotates about the third pivot pin 6110, which is fixed in its position. Because the third pivot pin 6110 is fixed, the second pivot pin 6118 begins to swing upward, i.e., toward the imaginary line 6120. As the second pivot pin 6118 swings upward, a force is applied to the first pivot member 6104, which translates along the first pivot member 6104 and is applied to the first pivot pin 6116. In response, the first pivot pin 6116 slides proximally in a direction away from the waveguide assembly 304. In this first stage of translation, shown in FIG. 62, the angle of the force vectors 6122 can be seen as having increased from that shown in FIG. 61.
[00316] In FIG. 63, the trigger 4606 is closed even further. As a result, further movement of the first pivoting member 6104, the second pivoting member 6106, the first pivot pin 6116, and the second pivot pin 6118 occurs. As this movement takes place, the second pivot pin 6118 moves even closer to the imaginary line 6120, i.e., closer to being collinear with the first 6116 and third 6110 pivot pins. As indicated by the force vectors 6122, the forces applied to the pivoting member's 6104, 6106 begin to significantly oppose each other. The exemplary angle between the vectors 6122 is, in this position, approximately 150 .
[00317] Finally, in FIG. 64 the trigger 4606 has been squeezed until it makes contact with the battery assembly holding portion of the handle assembly 302. This is the point of maximum translation of the first pivoting member 6104, second pivoting member 6106, and the first pivoting pin 6116. Here, the force vectors substantially opposite one another, thereby reducing the amount of force felt at the trigger 4606. That is, as is known in the field of mechanics, maximum force is required when two vector forces are additive, i.e., point in the same direction, and minimum force is required when two vector forces are subtractive, i.e., point in opposite directions. Because, in the orientation shown in FIG. 64, the vectors become more subtractive than additive, it becomes very easy for the user to keep the trigger 4606 depressed as compared to the position shown in FIG. 61. The ultimate closed position shown in FIG. 64 is referred to herein as a "near-over-centered" position or as "near over centering." When the trigger 4606 is in the near-over-centered position, the force required to keep the trigger depressed is approximately 45% or less than the force required to initially squeeze the trigger away from the position shown in FIG. 61.
[00318] d. Rotational Lock-Out
[00319] The present invention provides yet another inventive feature that prevents rotation of the waveguide assembly 304 whenever ultrasonic motion is applied to the waveguide 1502. This rotational lockout feature provides enhanced safety by preventing the cutting blade from unintentional rotational movement during a surgical procedure. In addition, prevention of rotation ensures a solid electrical connection is maintained throughout operation of the device 300. More specifically, the pair of contacts 5402, 5404 do not have to slide along the contact rings 5406, 5408 because a fixed electrical connection at one location along the contact rings 5406, 5408 is maintained during operation. The rotational lockout, according to one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, is accomplished through use of a rotational lockout member 6508 shown in FIGS. 65 and 66.
[00320] Referring first to FIG. 65, a perspective close-up view of the right hand side of handle assembly 302 is shown with the right-side cover removed. In this view, a rotational lockout member 6508 can be seen positioned adjacent a rotation-prevention wheel 6502 (which is rotationally fixed to the waveguide rotation spindle 3704 and, thereby, to the waveguide assembly 304). The waveguide assembly 304 is, therefore, able to rotate along its longitudinal axis only if the rotation-prevention wheel 6502 is unencumbered and also able to rotate upon that longitudinal axis.
[00321] To prevent revolution of the rotation-prevention wheel 6502, the rotational lockout member 6508 includes a wheel-engagement blade 6504 that extends therefrom in a direction toward the rotation-prevention wheel 6502. In the position shown in FIG. 65, the rotational lockout member 6508 does not interfere with the rotation prevention wheel 6502 because the wheel-engagement blade 6504 is at a distance from the outer circumference thereof. In such an orientation of the blade 6504, the rotation-prevention wheel 6502, as well as the waveguide assembly 304, can freely spin upon the longitudinal axis of the waveguide assembly 304.
[00322] Referring now to FIG. 66, the rotational lockout member 6508 has been displaced into a rotation blocking position. In this position, the wheel-engagement blade 6504 enters the space between two adjacent castellations 6602 on the outer circumference of the rotation-prevention wheel 6502 and engages the side surfaces of the castellations 6602 if the rotation-prevention wheel 6502 rotates. The rotational lockout member 6508 is fixed in its position within the handle assembly 302 and, because of this connection, the engagement between the wheel-engagement blade 6504 and the rotation-prevention wheel 6502 entirely prevent the rotation-prevention wheel 6502 from rotate about the longitudinal axis of the waveguide assembly 304.
For example, with 72 castellations 6602 on the outer circumference, the rotation-prevention wheel 6502 has substantially no rotational play when rotationally locked.
FIGS. 67 through 69 show that the wheel-engagement blade 6504 engages the rotation-prevention wheel 6502 only when the button 4608 is depressed, thereby preventing substantially all rotational movement of the waveguide assembly 304 when ultrasonic movement of the waveguide 1502 occurs.
For example, with 72 castellations 6602 on the outer circumference, the rotation-prevention wheel 6502 has substantially no rotational play when rotationally locked.
FIGS. 67 through 69 show that the wheel-engagement blade 6504 engages the rotation-prevention wheel 6502 only when the button 4608 is depressed, thereby preventing substantially all rotational movement of the waveguide assembly 304 when ultrasonic movement of the waveguide 1502 occurs.
[00323] FIG. 67 shows a perspective underside view of the rotational lockout member 6508 within the handle assembly 302. Once again, the right-hand cover of the handle assembly 302 is removed, thereby exposing several of the internal mechanical components of the handle assembly 302. These components include the button 4608, shown here in a transparent view, a U-shaped member 6702 that slidably engages with the rotational lockout member 6508, and a spring 6704 that biases the U-shaped member 6702 away from a bottom portion of the rotational lockout member 6508. FIG. 67 shows the rotational lockout member 6508, the U-shaped member 6702, and the spring 6704. In the position shown in FIG. 67, the spring 6704 is preloaded by pressure that is asserted by the U-shaped member 6702. The rotational lockout member 6508 is rotationally coupled to and pivots about a pivot pin 6706, which is fixedly coupled to the handle assembly 302.
[00324] In addition, FIG. 67 shows a torsional spring 6708 that biases the rotational lockout member 6508 away from the castellations 6602 of the rotation-prevention wheel 6502. The torsional spring 6708 ensures that the natural resting position of the rotational lockout member 6508 is disengaged from the rotation-prevention wheel 6502. A spring force of the torsional spring 6708 is selected so that it is less than a spring force of the spring 6704. Therefore, movement of the rotational lockout member 6508 can occur prior to the spring 6704 being fully compressed.
[00325] In operation of the rotation prevention system, when the button 4608 is depressed after a short distance, a rear side of the button 4608 physically contacts the U-shaped member 6702 and moves the U-shaped member 6702 as further proximal button movement occurs.
In other words, when depressed, the button 4608 imparts a proximal force on the U-shaped member 6702 in a direction against the biasing force of the spring 6704. This proximal force causes the spring 6704 to compress and allows the U-shaped member 6702 to move in a direction toward the rotational lockout member 6508. This movement is shown in FIG. 68, where the U-shaped member 6702 is closer to the rotational lockout member 6508 than the position shown in FIG.
67. In the view of FIG. 68, the spring 6704 is no longer visible because the U-shaped member 6702 has moved proximate to the rotational lockout member 6508 to a point that the lockout member 6508 completely obscures the spring 6704 in this view.
In other words, when depressed, the button 4608 imparts a proximal force on the U-shaped member 6702 in a direction against the biasing force of the spring 6704. This proximal force causes the spring 6704 to compress and allows the U-shaped member 6702 to move in a direction toward the rotational lockout member 6508. This movement is shown in FIG. 68, where the U-shaped member 6702 is closer to the rotational lockout member 6508 than the position shown in FIG.
67. In the view of FIG. 68, the spring 6704 is no longer visible because the U-shaped member 6702 has moved proximate to the rotational lockout member 6508 to a point that the lockout member 6508 completely obscures the spring 6704 in this view.
[00326] When the button 4608 is further depressed, as shown in FIG. 69, the rotational lockout member 6508 pivots around the pivot pin 6706 and swings upwardly toward the rotation-prevention wheel 6502. As this upward swing occurs, the wheel-engagement blade engages the castellations 6602 of the rotation-prevention wheel 6502. In other words, the position of the rotational lockout member 6508 shown in FIG. 69 corresponds to the position of the rotational lockout member 6508 shown in FIG. 66. Similarly, the position of the rotational lockout member 6508 shown in FIG. 67 corresponds to the position of the rotational lockout member 6508 shown in FIG. 65.
[00327] In some circumstances, when the button 4608 is depressed, the wheel-engagement blade 6504 lands on one of the castellations 6602 and does not fall between two of the castellations 6602. To account for this occurrence, a stroke distance, i.e., the distance the U-shaped member 6702 is able to move towards the rotational lockout member 6508 allows an electrical activation of the device without requiring actual physical movement of the rotational lockout member 6508.
That is, the rotational lockout member 6508 may move slightly, but does not need to fit between two of the castellations 6602 for ultrasonic operation to occur. Of course, rotation is still prevented, as any rotational movement will cause the rotational lockout member 6508 to move up and into the castellations 6602.
That is, the rotational lockout member 6508 may move slightly, but does not need to fit between two of the castellations 6602 for ultrasonic operation to occur. Of course, rotation is still prevented, as any rotational movement will cause the rotational lockout member 6508 to move up and into the castellations 6602.
[00328] In a further exemplary embodiment of the present invention, a rotational lockout member 7002, as shown in FIGS. 70 and 71, can be provided with one or more blades 7004, 7006 that engage with an outer surface 7008 of a rotation-prevention wheel 7001. In this particular embodiment, the rotation-prevention wheel 7001 does not have teeth on its outer circumference, as the embodiment of the rotation-prevention wheel 6502 of FIGS. 65 to 69. In the embodiment of FIGS. 70 and 71, the outer surface 7008 of the rotation-prevention wheel 7001 is sufficiently malleable to allow the blades 7004, 7006 to engage the outer surface 7008, for example, to actually cut into the outer circumference of the rotation prevention wheel 7001.
However, in certain embodiments, where a razor-type blades 7004, 7006 are utilized, the rotation-prevention wheel 7001 is sufficiently hard to prevent the blades 7004, 7006 from penetrating more than a predefined depth when an expected amount of force is applied.
However, in certain embodiments, where a razor-type blades 7004, 7006 are utilized, the rotation-prevention wheel 7001 is sufficiently hard to prevent the blades 7004, 7006 from penetrating more than a predefined depth when an expected amount of force is applied.
[00329] Once the blades 7004, 7006 are driven into the outer surface 7008 of the rotation-prevention wheel 7001, as is shown in FIG. 71, the rotation-prevention wheel 7001 is rendered unable to rotate about the longitudinal axis of the waveguide assembly 304. Of course, a single blade or three or more blades can be used to prevent the rotation-prevention wheel 7001 from rotating. By separating and angling the blades 7004 and 7006 from one another, rotation prevention is enhanced in either rotational direction. In other words, when the blades 7004 and 7006 are angled away from one another, rotation of the rotation-prevention wheel 7001, in either direction, causes one of the blades 7004 or 7006 to dig deeper into the rotation-prevention wheel 7001. In addition, in this particular embodiment of the rotational-lockout member 7002, a portion of the rotation-lockout member 7002 may capture the third pivot pin 6110.
[00330] XIII. TAG -- MECHANICAL
[00331] Referring to FIG. 50, the reusable TAG assembly 303 is shown separate from the handle assembly 302. The inventive TAG assembly 303 includes a transducer shaft 5002 with an ultrasonic waveguide couple 5004 that is configured to attach a waveguide securely thereto and, upon activation of the transducer shaft 5002, to excite the attached waveguide, i.e., impart ultrasonic waves along the length of the waveguide.
[00332] In this exemplary embodiment, the waveguide couple 5004 is female and includes interior threads, which are used to secure the TAG assembly 303 to the waveguide 1502 (see, e.g., FIG. 45) by screwing an end of the waveguide 1502 onto the threads of the waveguide couple 5004 with a predefined amount of torque. The torque should be sufficient so that a mechanical connection created by the torque is not broken during normal operation of the device.
At the same time, the torque applied to couple the threads should not exceed a force that will cause the threads to become stripped or otherwise damaged. During initial coupling of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502, all that is needed is that one of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502 remains relatively stationary with respect to the other. The waveguide rotation spindle 3704 is rotationally fixedly coupled to the transducer 902, which, together, are rotationally freely connected to the body 5005 of the TAG assembly 303. As such, the waveguide rotation spindle 3704 and the transducer 902 are both able to freely rotate with respect to the body 5005. To make the waveguide-transducer connection, therefore, the waveguide 1502 can be held stationary as the waveguide rotation spindle 3704 is rotated to couple the interior threads of the transducer shaft 5002 with the corresponding male threads at the proximal end of the waveguide 1502. Preferably, the waveguide 1502 is coupled, i.e., screwed onto the threads of the waveguide couple 5004 to a point where the mechanical connection is sufficient to transfer the mechanical ultrasonic movement from the TAG assembly 303 to the waveguide 1502.
At the same time, the torque applied to couple the threads should not exceed a force that will cause the threads to become stripped or otherwise damaged. During initial coupling of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502, all that is needed is that one of the transducer 902 and waveguide 1502 remains relatively stationary with respect to the other. The waveguide rotation spindle 3704 is rotationally fixedly coupled to the transducer 902, which, together, are rotationally freely connected to the body 5005 of the TAG assembly 303. As such, the waveguide rotation spindle 3704 and the transducer 902 are both able to freely rotate with respect to the body 5005. To make the waveguide-transducer connection, therefore, the waveguide 1502 can be held stationary as the waveguide rotation spindle 3704 is rotated to couple the interior threads of the transducer shaft 5002 with the corresponding male threads at the proximal end of the waveguide 1502. Preferably, the waveguide 1502 is coupled, i.e., screwed onto the threads of the waveguide couple 5004 to a point where the mechanical connection is sufficient to transfer the mechanical ultrasonic movement from the TAG assembly 303 to the waveguide 1502.
[00333] In one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, a torque wrench (see FIG. 88) couples to the waveguide rotation spindle 3704 and allows the user to rotate the spindle 3704 to a predetermined amount of torque. Once the rotational coupling pressure between the waveguide couple 5004 and the waveguide 1502 exceeds a predetermined amount of torque, the outer portion of the torque wrench slips about an inner portion and, thereby, the spindle 3704 and no further rotation of the spindle 3704 takes place. Through use of the torque wrench, an operator is able to apply precisely the proper amount of tension to the junction between the TAG assembly 303 in the waveguide 1502 and is also prevented from damaging the threads on either the waveguide couple 5004 or on the waveguide 1502. This embodiment of the torque wrench also clips onto the spindle 3704 to prevent any possibility of the wrench slipping off of the TAG
assembly 303 without outside force acting upon it.
assembly 303 without outside force acting upon it.
[00334] The TAG assembly 303 also has a housing 5006 that protects and seals the internal working components (shown in FIG. 53) from the environment, as shown by FIGS.
50 and 53.
Because the TAG assembly 303 will be in the sterile field of the operating environment, it is sterilizable, advantageously, by vapor phase hydrogen peroxide, for example.
As such, the seal between the housing 5006 and the body 5005 is aseptic and/or hermetic.
50 and 53.
Because the TAG assembly 303 will be in the sterile field of the operating environment, it is sterilizable, advantageously, by vapor phase hydrogen peroxide, for example.
As such, the seal between the housing 5006 and the body 5005 is aseptic and/or hermetic.
[00335] According to one exemplary, non-illustrated embodiment of the present invention, the transducer 902 is located entirely inside the housing 5006 __________________ where it cannot be readily secured by the operator, for example, by holding it steady by hand when the waveguide assembly 304 is being secured. In such an embodiment, the TAG assembly 303 is provided with a transducer rotation lock. For example, the transducer rotation lock can be a button that slides into a recess in the housing 5006 or, alternatively, by fixing the rotation of the transducer 902 at a maximum rotational angle so that, once the maximum rotation is reached, for example, 360 degrees of rotation, no additional rotation is possible and the waveguide assembly 304 can be screwed thereon. Of course, a maximum rotation in the opposite direction will allow the waveguide assembly 304 to be removed as well.
[00336] The housing 5006 has a securing connection 5012 shaped to selectively removably secure to a corresponding connector part of the handle assembly 302. See, e.g., FIG. 56. The connection 5012 can be any coupling connection that allows the TAG assembly 303 to be removably attached and secured to the handle assembly 302, such as the exemplary "dove-tail"
design shown in FIGS. 50 to 53 and 56. The area of contact between the handle assembly 302 and the TAG assembly 303 can be sealed so that, in the event of surgical fluids contacting the TAG assembly 303, they will not introduce themselves into the interior of the TAG attachment dock 4502.
design shown in FIGS. 50 to 53 and 56. The area of contact between the handle assembly 302 and the TAG assembly 303 can be sealed so that, in the event of surgical fluids contacting the TAG assembly 303, they will not introduce themselves into the interior of the TAG attachment dock 4502.
[00337] It is advantageous for the TAG assembly 303 to be selectively removable from the handle assembly 302. As a separate component, the TAG assembly 303 can be medically disinfected or sterilized (e.g., STERRADCD, V-PRO , autoclave) and reused for multiple surgeries, while the less-expensive handle assembly 302 itself may be disposable. In addition, the TAG assembly 303 can be used in multiple handles or in the same handle up to a desired maximum number of times before it is required to be disposed.
[00338] FIGS. 51 and 52 provide two additional perspective views of the TAG
assembly 303.
FIG. 52 shows a display window for a user display system (for example, the RGB
LED(s) 906) on external surface of the housing 5006 of the TAG assembly 303. As explained above, the RGB
LED 906 provides various signaling to the user indicating conditions and modes of the surgical assembly 300.
assembly 303.
FIG. 52 shows a display window for a user display system (for example, the RGB
LED(s) 906) on external surface of the housing 5006 of the TAG assembly 303. As explained above, the RGB
LED 906 provides various signaling to the user indicating conditions and modes of the surgical assembly 300.
[00339] FIG. 53 provides a top view of the TAG assembly 303 with the housing 5006 removed, thereby exposing the generator circuitry of the TAG assembly 303, see, e.g., FIG. 9. In a further exemplary embodiment, the generator circuitry includes a memory electrically connected at least to the processor of the TAG assembly 303 or to the processor in the battery assembly 301. The memory can be used, for instance, to store a record of each time the TAG
assembly 303 is used.
Other data relevant to the TAG assembly 303 and/or the waveguide assembly 304 and/or the housing assembly 302 and/or the battery assembly 301 can be stored as well for later access and analysis. This record can be useful for assessing the end of any part of the device's useful or permitted life, in particular, the TAG assembly 303 itself For instance, once the TAG assembly is used twenty (20) times, the TAG assembly 303 or the battery assembly 301 can be programmed to not allow a particular handle or battery to function with that "old" TAG assembly (e.g., because the TAG assembly 303 is, then, a "no longer reliable" surgical instrument). The memory can also store a number of uses any of the device's peripherals. For an illustrative example only, after a certain number of uses, it is possibly that one of the parts of the device can be considered worn as tolerances between parts could be considered as exceeded. This wear could lead to an unacceptable failure during a procedure. In some exemplary embodiments, the memory stores a record of the parts that have been combined with the device and how many uses each part has experienced.
assembly 303 is used.
Other data relevant to the TAG assembly 303 and/or the waveguide assembly 304 and/or the housing assembly 302 and/or the battery assembly 301 can be stored as well for later access and analysis. This record can be useful for assessing the end of any part of the device's useful or permitted life, in particular, the TAG assembly 303 itself For instance, once the TAG assembly is used twenty (20) times, the TAG assembly 303 or the battery assembly 301 can be programmed to not allow a particular handle or battery to function with that "old" TAG assembly (e.g., because the TAG assembly 303 is, then, a "no longer reliable" surgical instrument). The memory can also store a number of uses any of the device's peripherals. For an illustrative example only, after a certain number of uses, it is possibly that one of the parts of the device can be considered worn as tolerances between parts could be considered as exceeded. This wear could lead to an unacceptable failure during a procedure. In some exemplary embodiments, the memory stores a record of the parts that have been combined with the device and how many uses each part has experienced.
[00340] In some exemplary embodiments, a memory exists at the battery assembly 301 and the handle assembly 302 is provided with a device identifier that is communicatively coupled at least to the battery assembly 301 and is operable to communicate to the smart battery 301 at least one piece of information about the ultrasonic surgical assembly 300, such as the use history discussed in the preceding paragraph, a surgical handle identifier, a history of previous use, and/or a waveguide identifier. In this way, a single smart battery assembly 301 can record use information on a number of different handle and TAG assemblies 302, 303. When the battery assembly 301 is placed into a charging unit, such a memory can be accessed and the data about each part of the system 301, 302/304, 303 can be downloaded into the charger and, if desired, transmitted to a central facility that is communicatively coupled (e.g., through the Web) to the charging station.
[00341] FIG. 54 shows one example of how the generator 904 and the transducer 902 are electrically coupled so that a physical rotation of the transducer 902 with respect to the generator 904 is possible. In this example, the generator 904 has a pair of contacts 5402, 5404 protruding from its underside, adjacent the transducer 902. Proximity of the transducer 902 to the generator 904 places one of the pair of contacts 5402, 5404 in physical communication with a corresponding pair of contact rings 5406, 5408 on the transducer's body 5410 so that a driving signal can be steadily and reliably applied to the transducer 902 when needed.
Advantageously, the pair of contacts 5402, 5404 maintains electrical contact regardless of the angle of rotation of the transducer 902. Therefore, in this embodiment, the transducer 902 can rotate without any limitation as to the maximum angle or number of rotations. Additionally, the rings 5406, 5408 and contacts 5402, 5404 ensure that the transducer 902 remains in electrical contact with the generator circuitry regardless of the point of rotation at which the torque wrench stops the tightening the transducer 902 to the waveguide 1502.
Advantageously, the pair of contacts 5402, 5404 maintains electrical contact regardless of the angle of rotation of the transducer 902. Therefore, in this embodiment, the transducer 902 can rotate without any limitation as to the maximum angle or number of rotations. Additionally, the rings 5406, 5408 and contacts 5402, 5404 ensure that the transducer 902 remains in electrical contact with the generator circuitry regardless of the point of rotation at which the torque wrench stops the tightening the transducer 902 to the waveguide 1502.
[00342] As shown in FIG. 37, the surgical handle assembly 302 has a spindle 3704 attached to the waveguide assembly 304. The spindle 3704 has indentions that allow a surgeon to easily rotate the spindle 3704 with one or more fingers and, therefore, to correspondingly rotate the attached waveguide assembly 304 and the transducer 902 connected to the waveguide 1502.
Such a configuration is useful for obtaining a desired cutting-blade angle during surgery.
Such a configuration is useful for obtaining a desired cutting-blade angle during surgery.
[00343] FIG. 55 shows one exemplary embodiment of the TAG assembly 303 where the body 5005 and the transducer's shell have been removed. When a voltage is applied to the piezoelectric crystal stack 1504, the shaft 5002 moves longitudinally within and relative to the housing 5006. In this embodiment, the waveguide coupler 5004 is female and includes internal threads (not visible in this view), which are used to secure the transducer assembly 303 to the non-illustrated waveguide 1502 by screwing the waveguide 1502 into the threads with an appropriate amount of torque.
[00344] A novel feature of the TAG assembly 303 is its ability to mechanically and electrically connect at the same time. FIG. 56 shows an exemplary embodiment of the TAG
assembly 303 in the process of docking with the handle assembly 302. At the same time the transducer 902 is being coupled to a waveguide 1502 (attached to the handle assembly 302), the TAG assembly's electrical connector 5010 is brought into contact with the handle assembly's electrical connector 5602. The coupling of the TAG's electrical connector 5010 with the handle's electrical connector 5602 places the piezoelectric crystal stack 1504 in electrical communication (direct or indirect) with the battery assembly 301 docked with the handle assembly 302, as shown in FIG.
37 for example. This substantially simultaneous coupling can be configured to occur in all embodiments of the present invention.
assembly 303 in the process of docking with the handle assembly 302. At the same time the transducer 902 is being coupled to a waveguide 1502 (attached to the handle assembly 302), the TAG assembly's electrical connector 5010 is brought into contact with the handle assembly's electrical connector 5602. The coupling of the TAG's electrical connector 5010 with the handle's electrical connector 5602 places the piezoelectric crystal stack 1504 in electrical communication (direct or indirect) with the battery assembly 301 docked with the handle assembly 302, as shown in FIG.
37 for example. This substantially simultaneous coupling can be configured to occur in all embodiments of the present invention.
[00345] In accordance with further exemplary embodiments of the present invention, the TAG
assembly 303 provides a mechanical connection prior to establishing an electrical connection.
That is, when attaching the TAG assembly 303 to the handle 302, a mechanical connection is established between the waveguide 1502 and the ultrasonic waveguide couple 5004 prior to an electrical connection being made between the TAG assembly's electrical connector 5010 and the handle assembly's TAG electrical connector 5602. Advantageously, because an electrical connection is not made until after the mechanical connection is established, electrical "bouncing"
is avoided in this embodiment. More specifically, as the threads 8604 of the waveguide 1502 couple to the ultrasonic waveguide couple 5004, the electrical connection being made after a solid mechanical connection insures that the TAG assembly's electrical connector 5010 and the handle assembly's TAG electrical connector 5602 are in a fixed positional relationship, at least momentarily, and instantaneous removal and reestablishment of the electrical connection will not take place. Similarly, when the assembly 300 is being disassembled, the electrical connection is broken prior to a full separation of the mechanical connection.
assembly 303 provides a mechanical connection prior to establishing an electrical connection.
That is, when attaching the TAG assembly 303 to the handle 302, a mechanical connection is established between the waveguide 1502 and the ultrasonic waveguide couple 5004 prior to an electrical connection being made between the TAG assembly's electrical connector 5010 and the handle assembly's TAG electrical connector 5602. Advantageously, because an electrical connection is not made until after the mechanical connection is established, electrical "bouncing"
is avoided in this embodiment. More specifically, as the threads 8604 of the waveguide 1502 couple to the ultrasonic waveguide couple 5004, the electrical connection being made after a solid mechanical connection insures that the TAG assembly's electrical connector 5010 and the handle assembly's TAG electrical connector 5602 are in a fixed positional relationship, at least momentarily, and instantaneous removal and reestablishment of the electrical connection will not take place. Similarly, when the assembly 300 is being disassembled, the electrical connection is broken prior to a full separation of the mechanical connection.
[00346] In accordance with other exemplary embodiments of the present invention, the ultrasonic surgical device 300 is able to accept and drive a plurality of waveguide types, i.e., having varying dimensions. Where the handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300 is able to accept and drive waveguides 1502 of varying types/dimensions, the handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300 is provided with a waveguide detector coupled to the generator 904 and operable to detect the type (i.e., the dimensions or characteristics) of the waveguide 1502 attached to the transducer 902 and to cause the generator 904 to vary the driving-wave frequency and/or the driving-wave power based upon the detected waveguide type. The waveguide detector can be any device, set of components, software, electrical connections, or other that is/are able to identify at least one property of a waveguide 1502 connected to the handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300.
[00347] XIV. WAVEGUIDE ASSEMBLY
[00348] FIGS. 73 to 87 provide detailed illustrations of exemplary embodiments of the waveguide assembly 304. The waveguide assembly 304 receives ultrasonic movement directly from the transducer 902 when the waveguide 1502 is physically coupled to the TAG assembly 303. The blade portion 7304 of the waveguide 1502 transfers this ultrasonic energy to tissue being treated. The ultrasonically-moving blade portion 7304 facilitates efficient cutting of organic tissue and accelerates blood vessel clotting in the area of the cut, i.e., accelerated coagulation through cauterization.
[00349] Referring to FIG. 73, a perspective partial view of the distal end 7306 of the waveguide assembly 304 is shown. The waveguide assembly 304 includes an outer tube 7302 surrounding a portion of the waveguide 1502. A blade portion 7304 of the waveguide 1502 protrudes from the distal end 7306 of the outer tube 7302. It is this blade portion 7304 that contacts the tissue during a medical procedure and transfers its ultrasonic energy to the tissue.
The waveguide assembly 304 also includes a jaw member 7308 that is coupled to both the outer tube 7302 and an inner tube (not visible in this view). As will be explained below, the outer tube 7302 and the non-illustrated inner tube slide longitudinally with respect to each other. As the relative movement between the outer tube 7302 and the non-illustrated inner tube occurs, the jaw 7308 pivots upon a pivot point 7310, thereby causing the jaw 7308 to open and close. When closed, the jaw 7308 imparts a pinching force on tissue located between the jaw 7308 and the blade portion 7304, insuring positive and efficient blade-to-tissue contact.
The waveguide assembly 304 also includes a jaw member 7308 that is coupled to both the outer tube 7302 and an inner tube (not visible in this view). As will be explained below, the outer tube 7302 and the non-illustrated inner tube slide longitudinally with respect to each other. As the relative movement between the outer tube 7302 and the non-illustrated inner tube occurs, the jaw 7308 pivots upon a pivot point 7310, thereby causing the jaw 7308 to open and close. When closed, the jaw 7308 imparts a pinching force on tissue located between the jaw 7308 and the blade portion 7304, insuring positive and efficient blade-to-tissue contact.
[00350] FIG. 74 provides a perspective underside view of the distal end 7306 of the waveguide assembly 304 shown in FIG. 73 with the outer tube 7302 removed. In this view, a distal end 7306 of the inner tube 7402 can be seen coupled to the jaw 7308. This coupling is provided by, in the exemplary embodiment illustrated in FIG. 74, a union of a pair of bosses 7408 on the jaw 7308 with boss-engaging openings 7414 in each of the pair of arms 7418, 7420 that capture the bosses 7408 when the jaw 7308 is inserted therebetween. This relationship is better shown in the cross-sectional perspective underside view of FIG. 75. From this view, it can be seen that the boss-engaging openings 7414 of the arms 7418, 7420 of the inner tube 7402 are coined 7502.
The coined arms 7418, 7420 provide a solid connection between the inner tube 7402 and the jaw 7308. By coining the openings 7414, the inner tube 7402 is able to engage the bosses 7408 on the jaw 7308 without having to rely on the outer tube 7302 for structural pressure/support.
The coined arms 7418, 7420 provide a solid connection between the inner tube 7402 and the jaw 7308. By coining the openings 7414, the inner tube 7402 is able to engage the bosses 7408 on the jaw 7308 without having to rely on the outer tube 7302 for structural pressure/support.
[00351] FIG. 75 also shows that the waveguide 1502 is separate from, i.e., not attached to, the jaw 7308 or inner tube 7402. In other words, the waveguide 1502, when energized with ultrasonic energy, will move relative to the inner tube 7402 and jaw 7308 but will not contact the inner tube 7402 and will only contact the jaw 7308 if the latter is pivoted against the blade portion 7304 without the presence of tissue therebetween. Features of the present invention that facilitate this independent movement of the waveguide 1502 will be described below.
[00352] Returning to FIG. 74, the jaw 7308 is provided with a pair of flanges 7422, 7424 at a proximal end 7426 thereof. The flanges 7422, 7424 extend and surround the waveguide 1502 on opposing sides thereof. Each one of the flanges 7422, 7424 has, at its end, a pivot control tab 7411, 7412, respectively, extending below the waveguide 1502 when the bosses 7408 of the jaw 7308 are secured within the boss-engaging openings 7414 in the arms 7418, 7420. It is not a requirement for the pivot control tabs 7411, 7412 to extend below the waveguide 1502 as shown in FIG. 74; this configuration exists in the exemplary embodiment shown.
[00353] Returning briefly back to FIG. 73, the elevational end view of the waveguide assembly 304 shows that the pivot control tabs 7411, 7412 of the flanges 7422, 7424 of the jaw 7308 engage a pair of openings 7311, 7312 in a distal portion 7306 of the outer tube 7302. These features are better illustrated in the fragmentary, cross-sectional side view of FIG. 77.
[00354] Because the view of FIG. 77 is a cross-sectional view, only one 7424 of the two flanges 7422, 7424 is shown and the surface shown is an inside surface of the flange 7424.
Correspondingly, only one of the pivot control tabs 7412 is shown, as well as a single one of the pair of openings 7312 in the distal portion 7306 of the outer tube 7302. This view makes clear that the opening 7312 surrounds and captures the pivot control tab 7412.
Therefore, if the outer tube 7302 is moved toward the jaw 7308, the opening 7312 will also move relative to the jaw 7308. Conversely, if the outer tube 7302 is moved away from the jaw 7308, the opening 7312 will also move relative to the jaw 7308 in the opposite direction. The captured pivot control tab 7412 nested within the opening 7312 causes a corresponding rotational movement of the jaw 7308 around the pivot point 7310.
Correspondingly, only one of the pivot control tabs 7412 is shown, as well as a single one of the pair of openings 7312 in the distal portion 7306 of the outer tube 7302. This view makes clear that the opening 7312 surrounds and captures the pivot control tab 7412.
Therefore, if the outer tube 7302 is moved toward the jaw 7308, the opening 7312 will also move relative to the jaw 7308. Conversely, if the outer tube 7302 is moved away from the jaw 7308, the opening 7312 will also move relative to the jaw 7308 in the opposite direction. The captured pivot control tab 7412 nested within the opening 7312 causes a corresponding rotational movement of the jaw 7308 around the pivot point 7310.
[00355] FIG. 78 provides an elevational partial side view of the end effector of the waveguide assembly 304. This view shows the outer tube 7302 substantially covering the flange 7422 of the jaw 7308, leaving only the pivot control tab 7411 extending from the opening 7311. It should now be apparent that, when the outer tube 7302 is slid in a proximal direction 7702, i.e., in a direction away from the jaw 7308, the outer tube 7302 will pull the pivot control tabs 7411, 7412 in the proximal direction 7702. This action causes the jaw 7308 to pivot around the pivot point 7310 clockwise in FIG. 78 to close, i.e., clamp toward the blade portion 7304 of the waveguide 1502. This closed position of the jaw 7308 is shown in FIG. 79.
[00356] FIG. 80 provides another view of the distal end of the jaw 7308 in a closed position where the jaw 7308 is placed in contact with the blade portion 7304 of the waveguide 1502.
Again, this relationship between the jaw 7308 and the blade portion 7304 of the waveguide 1502 is the result of a proximal translation of the outer tube 7302 with respect to the inner tube 7402.
The jaw member 7308, together with the inner and outer tubes 7302, 7402 and the blade portion 7304 of the waveguide 1052, can be referred to as an end effector. The end effector can trap tissue between an interior of the jaw member 7308 and an opposing surface of the blade portion 7304. Trapping the tissue in this way advantageously places the tissue in solid physical contact with the waveguide 1502. In this way, when the waveguide 1502 moves ultrasonically, the movement of the waveguide is directly transferred to the tissue, causing a cut, a cauterization, or both.
Again, this relationship between the jaw 7308 and the blade portion 7304 of the waveguide 1502 is the result of a proximal translation of the outer tube 7302 with respect to the inner tube 7402.
The jaw member 7308, together with the inner and outer tubes 7302, 7402 and the blade portion 7304 of the waveguide 1052, can be referred to as an end effector. The end effector can trap tissue between an interior of the jaw member 7308 and an opposing surface of the blade portion 7304. Trapping the tissue in this way advantageously places the tissue in solid physical contact with the waveguide 1502. In this way, when the waveguide 1502 moves ultrasonically, the movement of the waveguide is directly transferred to the tissue, causing a cut, a cauterization, or both.
[00357] To facilitate this translation, and with reference back to FIG. 74, one or more corsets 7404 are provided on the inner tube 7402. The corset 7404 is an area of the inner tube 7402 having a smaller diameter D' than the average outer diameter D of the inner tube 7402. See FIG.
74. In accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the corset 7404 is/are provided at a node(s) of the ultrasonic waveguide 1502. In other words, the corsets 7404 are located at points along the waveguide 1502 where the waveguide 1502 does not exhibit ultrasonic motion. Therefore, the decreased diameter of the inner tube 7402 and its physical coupling to an interior surface of the outer tube 7302 does not adversely affect the waveguide's ability to resonate at an ultrasonic frequency. As also illustrated in FIGS.
74 and 75, for example, a seal 7406 resides within the corset 7404. The seal 7406, according to one exemplary embodiment, is an elastomeric 0-ring type seal. Of course, many other materials may be selected as well. The seal 7406 has an outer diameter sufficiently larger than the outer diameter D of the 7402 so that the sealing effect is maintained but to not prevent the outer tube 7302 and the inner tube 7402 from translating with respect to one another without substantial friction when the jaw 7308 is actuated.
74. In accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the corset 7404 is/are provided at a node(s) of the ultrasonic waveguide 1502. In other words, the corsets 7404 are located at points along the waveguide 1502 where the waveguide 1502 does not exhibit ultrasonic motion. Therefore, the decreased diameter of the inner tube 7402 and its physical coupling to an interior surface of the outer tube 7302 does not adversely affect the waveguide's ability to resonate at an ultrasonic frequency. As also illustrated in FIGS.
74 and 75, for example, a seal 7406 resides within the corset 7404. The seal 7406, according to one exemplary embodiment, is an elastomeric 0-ring type seal. Of course, many other materials may be selected as well. The seal 7406 has an outer diameter sufficiently larger than the outer diameter D of the 7402 so that the sealing effect is maintained but to not prevent the outer tube 7302 and the inner tube 7402 from translating with respect to one another without substantial friction when the jaw 7308 is actuated.
[00358] As is also shown in FIGS. 74 and 75, a thickness of the seal 7406 is smaller than a longitudinal length of the corset 7404 in which the seal 7406 resides. This difference in dimension allows the seal 7406 to travel along the longitudinal length of saddle 7426 when shaped, as shown, as an annulus having a substantially circular cross-section.
In particular, this traveling feature of the seal 7406 takes place when the outer tube 7302 is translated with respect to the inner tube 7402. Even more specifically, the seal 7406 is dimensioned, i.e., has an annular height, to bridge a gap between an inner surface of the outer tube 7302 and the saddle 7426 of the inner tube 7402 as shown in FIGS. 75 and 77. By filling this gap completely, the seal 7406 at the distal end 7306 of the waveguide assembly 304 prevents intrusion of moisture or other contaminants within the region between the outer tube 7302 and the inner tube 7402. As the outer tube 7302 is translated, the tight fit between the outer tube 7302, the inner tube 7402, and the seal 7406 causes the seal 7406 to roll or slide within the saddle 7426 while, at all times maintaining a water-tight seal between the outer tube 7302 and the inner tube 7402. This translation T is illustrated, for example, with the thick arrows in FIG. 77.
In particular, this traveling feature of the seal 7406 takes place when the outer tube 7302 is translated with respect to the inner tube 7402. Even more specifically, the seal 7406 is dimensioned, i.e., has an annular height, to bridge a gap between an inner surface of the outer tube 7302 and the saddle 7426 of the inner tube 7402 as shown in FIGS. 75 and 77. By filling this gap completely, the seal 7406 at the distal end 7306 of the waveguide assembly 304 prevents intrusion of moisture or other contaminants within the region between the outer tube 7302 and the inner tube 7402. As the outer tube 7302 is translated, the tight fit between the outer tube 7302, the inner tube 7402, and the seal 7406 causes the seal 7406 to roll or slide within the saddle 7426 while, at all times maintaining a water-tight seal between the outer tube 7302 and the inner tube 7402. This translation T is illustrated, for example, with the thick arrows in FIG. 77.
[00359] Referring now to FIG. 81, the distal end of the waveguide assembly 304 at the saddle 7426 is shown in cross-section. This view shows the outer tube 7302 surrounding the inner tube 7402 and the seal 7406 disposed therebetween in the saddle 7426 of the corset 7404. As explained, the deformable seal 7406 is a water-tight connection between the inner wall 8102 of the outer tube 7302 and the outer surface of the saddle 7426 to prevent moisture or other contaminants from passing from a distal side 8108 of the seal 7406 to a proximal side 8110 of the seal 7406.
[00360] FIG. 81 also shows a cross-section a coupling spool 8104. The coupling spool 8104 encircles a distal portion of the waveguide 1502 and is disposed at substantially the same longitudinal location as the corset 7404. As stated above, the corset 7404 is located at or substantially near an ultrasonic-movement node of the waveguide 1502.
Therefore, the coupling spool 8104 is also located at or substantially near that node of the waveguide 1502 and, likewise, does not couple with the waveguide 1502 to receive ultrasonic movement. The coupling spool 8104 provides a support structure that physically links the waveguide 1502 to an inside surface 8106 of the corset 7404. In the cross-sectional view of FIG. 81, the coupling spool 8104 has a barbell-shaped longitudinal cross-section. This reduced cross-section of elastomeric material reduces the amount of deflection of the waveguide when clamped. The thick cross-section of the barbell ends of the seal maintain a water tight seal when the middle section deflects during clamping.
Therefore, the coupling spool 8104 is also located at or substantially near that node of the waveguide 1502 and, likewise, does not couple with the waveguide 1502 to receive ultrasonic movement. The coupling spool 8104 provides a support structure that physically links the waveguide 1502 to an inside surface 8106 of the corset 7404. In the cross-sectional view of FIG. 81, the coupling spool 8104 has a barbell-shaped longitudinal cross-section. This reduced cross-section of elastomeric material reduces the amount of deflection of the waveguide when clamped. The thick cross-section of the barbell ends of the seal maintain a water tight seal when the middle section deflects during clamping.
[00361] FIG. 82 provides a perspective view of an embodiment of the coupling spool 8104. In this view, an interior surface 8202 of the coupling spool 8104 can be seen.
This interior surface 8202 is in direct physical contact with the waveguide 1502 when the waveguide assembly 304 is assembled, as shown in FIG. 81, for example. The perspective view of FIG. 82 also reveals an exterior saddle shape 8204 of the coupling spool 8104 that substantially corresponds to the interior shape of the saddle 7426, which is illustrated in FIG. 81 too.
This interior surface 8202 is in direct physical contact with the waveguide 1502 when the waveguide assembly 304 is assembled, as shown in FIG. 81, for example. The perspective view of FIG. 82 also reveals an exterior saddle shape 8204 of the coupling spool 8104 that substantially corresponds to the interior shape of the saddle 7426, which is illustrated in FIG. 81 too.
[00362] To help capture and retain the tissue between the jaw member 7308 and the waveguide 1502, the jaw member 7308 includes an insert 7314 having a plurality of teeth 7316. This insert 7314 provides the jaw member 7308 with an ability to grip the tissue. An exemplary embodiment of the insert 7314 is shown in the perspective views of FIG. 84 (from a distal-most end of the insert 7314) and FIG. 85 (from a proximal-most end of the insert 7314). In addition to the plurality of teeth 7316, the insert 7314 includes a distal-most surface 8402, a central smooth channel 8404 located between first 7316a and second 7316b longitudinal rows of the plurality of teeth 7316 on a lower surface 8403, a flat proximal clamping surface 8405, and an upper flange 8406 for securing the insert 7314 to the jaw member 7308. The distal-most surface 8402 is, as can be seen in FIG. 73, an exposed blunt front surface of the distal end of the waveguide assembly 304. FIG. 73 illustrates a channel 7318 of the jaw member 7308 in which the insert 7314 is disposed when assembled. The inner surfaces of the channel 7318 substantially correspond to the outer surfaces of the upper flange 8406 so that the insert 7314 may be retained in the jaw member 7308 in a substantially movement-free manner. In the exemplary embodiment of the channel 7318 illustrated, the distal end of the channel 7318 is narrower than the intermediate portion so that the insert 7318 may slide from a proximal end of the jaw member 7308 up to but not past the distal end of the channel 7318. Also shown in the exemplary embodiment of FIG. 85 is a retaining tab 8502 that, when the insert 7314 is placed in the jaw 7308 all the way distally, can be bent downward (towards the insert 7314) and below the top plane of the insert 7314. In such a bent configuration, the distal end of the retaining tab 8502 will oppose, and possibly rest against, the rear surface 8504 of the insert 7314 and/or flange 8406. With such an opposition, the insert 7314 is prevented from exiting the jaw 7308.
[00363] The offset between the proximal-most surface 8402 and the flange 8406, shown in FIG.
84, facilitates the placement of proximal-most surface 8402 at the distal most portion of the jaw member 7308. That is, the insert 7314 slides within the jaw member 7308 until it is fully seated within the jaw member 7308. It is, however, the flange 8406 that is physically secured by the jaw member 7308. More specifically, as is shown in FIGS. 84 and 85, the flange 8406 extends beyond the plurality of teeth 7316 on both sides thereof However, the flange 8406 does not extend all the way to the proximal-most surface 8402. When the insert 7314 is slid inside the jaw member 7308, the extending side portions of the flange 8402 travel within the channel 7318 formed in the jaw member 7308. Because the flange 8406 does not extend all the way to the proximal-most surface 8402, when the flange 8406 reaches the end of the channel 7318, the proximal-most surface 8402 of the insert 7314 will extend beyond the channel 7318 up to the position shown in FIG. 73.
84, facilitates the placement of proximal-most surface 8402 at the distal most portion of the jaw member 7308. That is, the insert 7314 slides within the jaw member 7308 until it is fully seated within the jaw member 7308. It is, however, the flange 8406 that is physically secured by the jaw member 7308. More specifically, as is shown in FIGS. 84 and 85, the flange 8406 extends beyond the plurality of teeth 7316 on both sides thereof However, the flange 8406 does not extend all the way to the proximal-most surface 8402. When the insert 7314 is slid inside the jaw member 7308, the extending side portions of the flange 8402 travel within the channel 7318 formed in the jaw member 7308. Because the flange 8406 does not extend all the way to the proximal-most surface 8402, when the flange 8406 reaches the end of the channel 7318, the proximal-most surface 8402 of the insert 7314 will extend beyond the channel 7318 up to the position shown in FIG. 73.
[00364] Focusing now on the exemplary embodiment of the teeth 7316, it can be seen in FIGS.
84 and 85 that the teeth 7316 do not extend completely across the lower surface 8408 of the insert 7314. Instead, in the embodiment of FIGS. 84 and 85, a first row of teeth 7316a and a second row of teeth 7316b, which oppose the first row of teeth 7316a, are separated by a central smooth channel 8404. The central smooth channel 8404 provides a solid smooth surface that lines up directly over the waveguide 1502. It is this smooth surface 8404 that comes into contact with the ultrasonically-moving waveguide 1502 during a procedure and helps seal the tissue by facilitating continued, non-impeded ultrasonic movement of the waveguide 1502 with even pressure along its length.
84 and 85 that the teeth 7316 do not extend completely across the lower surface 8408 of the insert 7314. Instead, in the embodiment of FIGS. 84 and 85, a first row of teeth 7316a and a second row of teeth 7316b, which oppose the first row of teeth 7316a, are separated by a central smooth channel 8404. The central smooth channel 8404 provides a solid smooth surface that lines up directly over the waveguide 1502. It is this smooth surface 8404 that comes into contact with the ultrasonically-moving waveguide 1502 during a procedure and helps seal the tissue by facilitating continued, non-impeded ultrasonic movement of the waveguide 1502 with even pressure along its length.
[00365] Moving now to FIG. 86, a fragmentary perspective view of an interior of the handle portion 302 is illustrated. This view shows a proximal-most end 8601 of the waveguide 1502, which features a set of threads 8604 used to couple the waveguide 1502 to the TAG assembly 303. As described above, the illustrated location of the proximal-most end 8601 of the waveguide 1502 within the handle portion 302 is substantially the location where the waveguide assembly 304 remains when it is coupled to the TAG assembly 303. When the TAG
assembly 303 is inserted into the handle portion 302, see, for example FIG. 45, the transducer shaft 5002 aligns with and thereby allows a secure longitudinal coupling of the threads 8604 and the ultrasonic waveguide couple 5004.
assembly 303 is inserted into the handle portion 302, see, for example FIG. 45, the transducer shaft 5002 aligns with and thereby allows a secure longitudinal coupling of the threads 8604 and the ultrasonic waveguide couple 5004.
[00366] The waveguide 1502 is surrounded by the inner tube 7402 and, then, the outer tube 7302. This view of the proximal-most end 8606 of the outer tube 7302 shows that the outer tube 7302 terminates at its proximal-most end 8606 with a flared section 8608. The flared section 8608 features a pair of channels 8610 and 8612 (8612 not fully shown in this view) forming a keyway. These channels are shown as opposing but need not be in this configuration. Residing within the channels 8610, 8612 is a yoke 8602 that is fixedly coupled to the waveguide 1502.
The coupling of the yoke 8602 and the waveguide 1502 will be shown in more detail in the following figure, FIG. 87. Continuing with FIG. 86, it can be seen that the yoke 8602 is provided with a boss 8616 that extends within the channel 8610. Although not shown in this view, the yoke 8602 is also provided with a second boss that extends likewise within the second channel 8612. Engagement between the bosses 8616 of the yoke 8602 and the channels 8610, 8612 of the flared section 8608 provides a rotational-locking relationship between the waveguide 1502, the inner 7402, and the outer tube 7302. That is, because the bosses engage the channels 8610, 8612, any rotation of the waveguide 1502 is shared by both the inner tube 7402 and the outer tube 7302. The proximal end of the inner tube 7402 does not extend past the yoke 8602. The rotational connection between the yoke 8602 and the inner tube 7402 occurs through an internal feature of the waveguide rotation spindle 3704.
The coupling of the yoke 8602 and the waveguide 1502 will be shown in more detail in the following figure, FIG. 87. Continuing with FIG. 86, it can be seen that the yoke 8602 is provided with a boss 8616 that extends within the channel 8610. Although not shown in this view, the yoke 8602 is also provided with a second boss that extends likewise within the second channel 8612. Engagement between the bosses 8616 of the yoke 8602 and the channels 8610, 8612 of the flared section 8608 provides a rotational-locking relationship between the waveguide 1502, the inner 7402, and the outer tube 7302. That is, because the bosses engage the channels 8610, 8612, any rotation of the waveguide 1502 is shared by both the inner tube 7402 and the outer tube 7302. The proximal end of the inner tube 7402 does not extend past the yoke 8602. The rotational connection between the yoke 8602 and the inner tube 7402 occurs through an internal feature of the waveguide rotation spindle 3704.
[00367] Focusing now on FIG. 87, a perspective view of an interior of the handle portion 302 is once again illustrated. In this view, however, the outer tube 7302 has been removed (along with a right half of the waveguide rotation spindle 3704). The removed outer tube 7302 exposes a majority of the yoke 8602. Although not viewable in either FIG. 86 or FIG. 87, the yoke 8602 is, in one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, symmetrical with a second boss extending in a direction substantially directly opposite the first boss 8616.
As the perspective view of FIG. 87 shows, the waveguide 1502 features at least one exterior spline 8702, here a set of splines symmetrically disposed about the waveguide 1502. Each spline 8702 extends away radially from a central longitudinal axis 8706 of the waveguide 1502. The yoke 8602 is provided with a plurality of interior keyways 8704, each keyway 8704 aligning with one of the extensions of the spline 8702 and having a shape substantially corresponding to a respective one of the splines 8702 so that, when connected as shown, the yoke 8602 securely rests at its shown longitudinal position on the waveguide 1502. This longitudinal position on the waveguide 1502, too, is located at an ultrasonic vibration node where movement is minimal/non-existent. This aligning and securing engagement between the keyways 8704 and the splines 8702 places the keyways 8704 and the splines 8702 in a fixed rotational relationship. In other words, as the waveguide 1502 rotates, so too must the yoke 8602.
As the perspective view of FIG. 87 shows, the waveguide 1502 features at least one exterior spline 8702, here a set of splines symmetrically disposed about the waveguide 1502. Each spline 8702 extends away radially from a central longitudinal axis 8706 of the waveguide 1502. The yoke 8602 is provided with a plurality of interior keyways 8704, each keyway 8704 aligning with one of the extensions of the spline 8702 and having a shape substantially corresponding to a respective one of the splines 8702 so that, when connected as shown, the yoke 8602 securely rests at its shown longitudinal position on the waveguide 1502. This longitudinal position on the waveguide 1502, too, is located at an ultrasonic vibration node where movement is minimal/non-existent. This aligning and securing engagement between the keyways 8704 and the splines 8702 places the keyways 8704 and the splines 8702 in a fixed rotational relationship. In other words, as the waveguide 1502 rotates, so too must the yoke 8602.
[00368] Referring back now to FIG. 66, it can now be seen that the channels 8610, 8612 of the flared section 8608 of the outer tube 7302 are the features that engages the rotation-prevention wheel 6502. Due to this engagement, any rotation imparted on the waveguide rotation spindle 3704 by the user will result in a direct and corresponding rotation of the rotation-prevention wheel 6502, the outer tube 7302, the inner tube 7402, the yoke 8602, and the waveguide 1502.
The following is a result of this connection configuration: when the rotational lockout number 6508 is engaged with the rotation-prevention wheel 6502, not only is the rotation-prevention wheel 6502 prevented from rotating, so too is the entire waveguide assembly 304, 3704, 7302, 7402, 8602, 1502. In the same sense, when the rotation-prevention wheel 6502 is not engaged with the rotational lockout number 6508, a user can freely rotate the spindle 3704, which is physically coupled to the rotation-prevention wheel 6502, and cause a rotation of the waveguide assembly 304 along a longitudinal axis 8706.
The following is a result of this connection configuration: when the rotational lockout number 6508 is engaged with the rotation-prevention wheel 6502, not only is the rotation-prevention wheel 6502 prevented from rotating, so too is the entire waveguide assembly 304, 3704, 7302, 7402, 8602, 1502. In the same sense, when the rotation-prevention wheel 6502 is not engaged with the rotational lockout number 6508, a user can freely rotate the spindle 3704, which is physically coupled to the rotation-prevention wheel 6502, and cause a rotation of the waveguide assembly 304 along a longitudinal axis 8706.
[00369] XV. ADDITIONAL SAFETY FEATURES
[00370] In an exemplary safety embodiment for any of the configurations of the invention, the system can have a safety mechanism grounding the surgeon using the device to the handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300. In the event the waveguide 1502 accidentally makes contact with the surgeon, the handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300 senses this grounding and immediately ceases movement of the waveguide 1502, thereby instantly preventing the surgeon from cutting him/herself. It is possible to provide a safety circuit that can sense contact with the surgeon and interrupt ultrasonic power delivery because the hand-held instrument 300 is not connected to earth ground. For example, a capacitive contact patch located on the handle assembly 302 is connected to a capacitive-touch sensing circuit (such as is used for capacitive switching and known to those in the art) and disposed to detect contact of the working tip with the surgeon. When such contact is detected, the drive circuit 904 of the instrument will be shut down to avoid applying cutting energy to the surgeon. Such a sensing circuit would be impractical in systems of the prior art, where the handpiece is connected to a large piece of earth-grounded electrical equipment.
[00371] In accordance with another exemplary embodiment of the present invention, after the battery assembly 301 is physically and electrically coupled to the handle assembly 302, the handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300 will not operate until the button 4608 is changed from a depressed state to a released state, i.e., actively placed into a non-depressed position. This feature prevents the handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300 from operating immediately upon connection of the battery assembly 301 to the handle assembly 302, which otherwise could occur if the operator was unintentionally depressing the button 4608 when connecting the battery assembly 301 to the handle assembly 302.
[00372] As has been described, the present invention provides a small and efficient hand-held ultrasonic cutting device that is self-powered and, therefore, cordless, which eliminates entirely the expensive set-top box required by the prior art devices. Advantageously, the device of the invention allows a user to operate completely free of cords or other tethering devices. In addition to the advantages of reduced cost, reduced size, elimination of a tethering cord for supplying power and carrying signals, and providing a constant motional voltage, the instant invention provides unique advantages for maintaining the sterile condition in a surgical environment. As has been explained, the inventive device is comprised entirely of sterilizable components that are maintained wholly in a sterile field. In addition, all electronic controls of the inventive system exist within the sterile field. Therefore, any and all troubleshooting can take place inside the sterile field. That is, because the inventive device is not tethered to a desktop box, as required in the prior art, a user need never exit the sterile field to perform any function with the inventive handheld ultrasonic surgical cautery assembly 300 (e.g., troubleshooting, replacing batteries, replacing waveguide assemblies, etc.). Furthermore, the inventive two-stage button allows an operator complete control of any surgical task without requiring the operator to focus their visual attention on the instrument itself. In other words, the operator does not have to look to ensure (s)he is preparing to push the proper button, as only one button is used.
[00373] The invention also provides low-voltage or battery-voltage switching or wave-forming stages prior to the transformer voltage step-up stage. By "marrying" all of the frequency sensitive components within one place (i.e., the handle), the present invention eliminates any inductive losses that occur between prior art set-top boxes and hand pieces ¨
a disadvantage suffered by all prior-art ultrasonic cautery/cutting devices. Because of the close coupling between the drive circuitry and the matching network 1012, the overall power modification circuit is tolerant of higher Q factors and larger frequency ranges.
a disadvantage suffered by all prior-art ultrasonic cautery/cutting devices. Because of the close coupling between the drive circuitry and the matching network 1012, the overall power modification circuit is tolerant of higher Q factors and larger frequency ranges.
[00374] The scope of the claims should not be limited by the preferred embodiments set forth in the examples, but should be given the broadest interpretation consistent with the description as a whole.
Claims (31)
1. A battery-powered, modular surgical device, comprising:
an electrically powered surgical instrument operable to surgically interface with human tissue; and a handle assembly connected to the surgical instrument, the handle assembly having:
a removable hand grip:
shaped to permit handling of the surgical instrument by one hand of an operator; and having an upper portion and a cordless internal battery assembly that powers the surgical instrument, the internal battery assembly having at least one energy storage cell; and a handle body operable to:
removably connect at least the upper portion of the removable hand grip thereto and create an aseptic seal around at least a portion of the removable hand grip when connected thereto; and electrically couple the internal battery assembly of the removable hand grip to the surgical instrument and thereby power the surgical instrument for interfacing surgically with the human tissue.
an electrically powered surgical instrument operable to surgically interface with human tissue; and a handle assembly connected to the surgical instrument, the handle assembly having:
a removable hand grip:
shaped to permit handling of the surgical instrument by one hand of an operator; and having an upper portion and a cordless internal battery assembly that powers the surgical instrument, the internal battery assembly having at least one energy storage cell; and a handle body operable to:
removably connect at least the upper portion of the removable hand grip thereto and create an aseptic seal around at least a portion of the removable hand grip when connected thereto; and electrically couple the internal battery assembly of the removable hand grip to the surgical instrument and thereby power the surgical instrument for interfacing surgically with the human tissue.
2. The surgical device according to claim 1, wherein at least one of the surgical instrument, the removable hand grip, and the handle body is disposable.
3. The surgical device according to claim 1, wherein the surgical instrument is comprised of a surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly.
4. The surgical device according to claim 1, wherein the surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly is an ultrasonic surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly.
5. The surgical device according to claim 1, wherein the battery assembly is rechargeable.
6. The surgical device according to claim 1, wherein the at least one energy storage cell is a Lithium-based battery cell.
7. The surgical device according to claim 1, wherein the surgical instrument is comprised of at least one pivoting jaw member and a cutting blade opposing the jaw member.
8. A battery-powered, modular surgical device, comprising:
an electrically powered surgical end effector assembly operable to surgically interface with human tissue; and a removable hand grip shaped to permit handling thereof by one hand of an operator, the removable hand grip including at least one reusable battery:
electrically coupled to the surgical end effector assembly to power and thereby cause the surgical end effector assembly to operate; and removably secured to the surgical end effector assembly such that the at least one reusable battery is selectively exposed to the surgical environment when removed therefrom.
an electrically powered surgical end effector assembly operable to surgically interface with human tissue; and a removable hand grip shaped to permit handling thereof by one hand of an operator, the removable hand grip including at least one reusable battery:
electrically coupled to the surgical end effector assembly to power and thereby cause the surgical end effector assembly to operate; and removably secured to the surgical end effector assembly such that the at least one reusable battery is selectively exposed to the surgical environment when removed therefrom.
9. The surgical device according to claim 8, wherein the surgical end effector assembly is comprised of a surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly.
10. The surgical device according to claim 8, wherein the surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly is an ultrasonic surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly.
11. The surgical device according to claim 8, wherein the at least one reusable battery is rechargeable.
12. The surgical device according to claim 8, wherein the surgical end effector assembly is comprised of at least one pivoting jaw member and a cutting blade opposing the jaw member.
13. A battery-powered, modular surgical device, comprising:
an elongated shaft having a distal end and a proximal end, the elongated shaft comprising an electrically powered surgical end effector at the distal end, the end effector operable to surgically interface with human tissue;
an instrument body connected to the proximal end of the elongated shaft, the instrument body having a hand grip dock comprising at least one electrical contact; and a hand grip removably and matingly connected to the hand grip dock such that an aseptic seal is created between the hand grip and the instrument body by the non-threaded mated connection between the hand grip and the hand grip dock, wherein the aseptic seal substantially prevents ingress of contamination between the hand grip and the hand grip dock, the hand grip comprising:
a cordless internal battery assembly powering the end effector; and at least one contact electrically coupling the internal battery assembly to the at least one electrical contact of the hand grip dock.
an elongated shaft having a distal end and a proximal end, the elongated shaft comprising an electrically powered surgical end effector at the distal end, the end effector operable to surgically interface with human tissue;
an instrument body connected to the proximal end of the elongated shaft, the instrument body having a hand grip dock comprising at least one electrical contact; and a hand grip removably and matingly connected to the hand grip dock such that an aseptic seal is created between the hand grip and the instrument body by the non-threaded mated connection between the hand grip and the hand grip dock, wherein the aseptic seal substantially prevents ingress of contamination between the hand grip and the hand grip dock, the hand grip comprising:
a cordless internal battery assembly powering the end effector; and at least one contact electrically coupling the internal battery assembly to the at least one electrical contact of the hand grip dock.
14. The surgical device according to claim 13, wherein:
the at least one electrical contact of the hand grip dock is a given number of electrical contacts;
the at least one contact of the hand grip is the given number of electrical hand grip contacts; and at least a pair of the given number of electrical contacts electrically couples the hand grip dock to at least a pair of the hand grip contacts of the internal battery assembly.
the at least one electrical contact of the hand grip dock is a given number of electrical contacts;
the at least one contact of the hand grip is the given number of electrical hand grip contacts; and at least a pair of the given number of electrical contacts electrically couples the hand grip dock to at least a pair of the hand grip contacts of the internal battery assembly.
15. The surgical device according to claim 13, wherein:
the at least one electrical contact of the hand grip dock is a given number of electrical contacts; and the at least one contact of the hand grip is a plurality of electrical contacts corresponding in number to the given number and electrically coupling the internal battery assembly to the hand grip dock.
the at least one electrical contact of the hand grip dock is a given number of electrical contacts; and the at least one contact of the hand grip is a plurality of electrical contacts corresponding in number to the given number and electrically coupling the internal battery assembly to the hand grip dock.
16. The surgical device according to claim 13, wherein the battery assembly comprises at least one energy storage cell.
17. The surgical device according to claim 13, wherein the battery assembly is rechargeable.
18. The surgical device according to claim 13, wherein the hand grip is shaped to permit handling of the surgical device by one hand of an operator.
19. The surgical device according to claim 13, wherein at least one of the elongated shaft, the instrument body, and the hand grip is disposable.
20. The surgical device according to claim 13, wherein the end effector is comprised of a surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly.
21. The surgical device according to claim 20, wherein the surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly is an ultrasonic surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly.
22. The surgical device accord;ng to claim 20, wherein the surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly is comprised of:
at least one pivoting jaw member; and a cutting blade of an ultrasonic waveguide opposing the jaw member.
at least one pivoting jaw member; and a cutting blade of an ultrasonic waveguide opposing the jaw member.
23. A battery-powered, modular surgical device, comprising:
an electrically powered surgical end effector assembly operable to surgically interfere with human tissue;
an instrument body connected to the surgical end effector assembly, the instrument body having a hand grip dock comprising a plurality of electrical contacts;
a hand grip comprising a plurality of contacts and a battery assembly operable to electrically power the surgical end effector, the hand grip being removably and matingly connected to the hand grip dock such that:
an aseptic seal is created between the hand grip and the instrument body by the non-threaded mated connection between the hand grip and the hand grip dock when the hand grip is attached to the hand grip dock to substantially prevent ingress of contamination between the hand grip and the hand grip dock; and at least one of the plurality of contacts electrically couple the battery assembly to the at least one of the plurality of electrical contacts of the hand grip dock.
an electrically powered surgical end effector assembly operable to surgically interfere with human tissue;
an instrument body connected to the surgical end effector assembly, the instrument body having a hand grip dock comprising a plurality of electrical contacts;
a hand grip comprising a plurality of contacts and a battery assembly operable to electrically power the surgical end effector, the hand grip being removably and matingly connected to the hand grip dock such that:
an aseptic seal is created between the hand grip and the instrument body by the non-threaded mated connection between the hand grip and the hand grip dock when the hand grip is attached to the hand grip dock to substantially prevent ingress of contamination between the hand grip and the hand grip dock; and at least one of the plurality of contacts electrically couple the battery assembly to the at least one of the plurality of electrical contacts of the hand grip dock.
24. The surgical device according to claim 23, wherein the electrically powered surgical end effector assembly comprises:
an elongated shaft having a distal end and a proximal end; and an electrically powered surgical end effector at the distal end of the elongated shaft.
an elongated shaft having a distal end and a proximal end; and an electrically powered surgical end effector at the distal end of the elongated shaft.
25. The surgical device according to claim 23, wherein the battery assembly comprises at least one energy storage cell.
26. The surgical device according to claim 23, wherein the battery assembly is rechargeable.
27. The surgical device according to claim 23, wherein the hand grip is shaped to permit handling of the surgical device by one hand of an operator.
28. The surgical device according to claim 23, wherein at least one of the surgical end effector assembly, the instrument body, and the hand grip is disposable.
29. The surgical device according to claim 23, wherein the electrically powered surgical end effector assembly is comprised of a surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly.
30. The surgical device according to claim 29, wherein the surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly is an ultrasonic surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly.
31. The surgical device according to claim 29, wherein the surgical cautery and cutting end effector assembly is comprised of:
at least one pivoting jaw member; and a cutting blade of an ultrasonic waveguide opposing the jaw member.
at least one pivoting jaw member; and a cutting blade of an ultrasonic waveguide opposing the jaw member.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CA2945596A CA2945596C (en) | 2010-08-25 | 2011-08-25 | Battery-powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device |
Applications Claiming Priority (26)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US37698310P | 2010-08-25 | 2010-08-25 | |
US12/868,505 US8338726B2 (en) | 2009-08-26 | 2010-08-25 | Two-stage switch for cordless hand-held ultrasonic cautery cutting device |
US12/868,505 | 2010-08-25 | ||
US12/868,545 US8334468B2 (en) | 2008-11-06 | 2010-08-25 | Method of switching a cordless hand-held ultrasonic cautery cutting device |
US12/868,545 | 2010-08-25 | ||
US61/376,983 | 2010-08-25 | ||
US13/022,707 | 2011-02-08 | ||
US13/022,707 US8663262B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2011-02-08 | Battery assembly for battery-powered surgical instruments |
US13/022,743 | 2011-02-08 | ||
US13/022,743 US8439939B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2011-02-08 | Method of powering a surgical instrument |
US13/072,373 US8418349B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2011-03-25 | Method of assembling a cordless hand-held ultrasonic cautery cutting device |
US13/072,221 US8236020B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2011-03-25 | Cordless hand-held ultrasonic cautery cutting device |
US13/072,273 | 2011-03-25 | ||
US13/072,187 | 2011-03-25 | ||
US13/072,373 | 2011-03-25 | ||
US13/072,247 | 2011-03-25 | ||
US13/072,309 US8372101B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2011-03-25 | Cordless hand-held ultrasonic cautery cutting device |
US13/072,247 US8333778B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2011-03-25 | Cordless hand-held ultrasonic cautery cutting device |
US13/072,273 US8333779B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2011-03-25 | Method of maintaining constant movement of a cutting blade of an ultrasonic waveguide |
US13/072,345 | 2011-03-25 | ||
US13/072,345 US8377085B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2011-03-25 | Cordless hand-held ultrasonic cautery cutting device |
US13/072,221 | 2011-03-25 | ||
US13/072,187 US8197502B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2011-03-25 | Method of maintaining constant movement of a cutting blade on an ultrasonic waveguide |
US13/072,309 | 2011-03-25 | ||
US13/215,971 US9017355B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2011-08-23 | Battery-powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device |
US13/215,971 | 2011-08-23 |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2945596A Division CA2945596C (en) | 2010-08-25 | 2011-08-25 | Battery-powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2750482A1 CA2750482A1 (en) | 2012-02-25 |
CA2750482C true CA2750482C (en) | 2016-11-01 |
Family
ID=45724146
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2945596A Expired - Fee Related CA2945596C (en) | 2010-08-25 | 2011-08-25 | Battery-powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device |
CA2750482A Active CA2750482C (en) | 2010-08-25 | 2011-08-25 | Battery-powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2945596A Expired - Fee Related CA2945596C (en) | 2010-08-25 | 2011-08-25 | Battery-powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (3) | JP2013126430A (en) |
CA (2) | CA2945596C (en) |
Families Citing this family (373)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9060770B2 (en) | 2003-05-20 | 2015-06-23 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Robotically-driven surgical instrument with E-beam driver |
US20070084897A1 (en) | 2003-05-20 | 2007-04-19 | Shelton Frederick E Iv | Articulating surgical stapling instrument incorporating a two-piece e-beam firing mechanism |
US11998198B2 (en) | 2004-07-28 | 2024-06-04 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling instrument incorporating a two-piece E-beam firing mechanism |
US11890012B2 (en) | 2004-07-28 | 2024-02-06 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising cartridge body and attached support |
US8215531B2 (en) | 2004-07-28 | 2012-07-10 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical stapling instrument having a medical substance dispenser |
US9072535B2 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2015-07-07 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical stapling instruments with rotatable staple deployment arrangements |
US11246590B2 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2022-02-15 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge including staple drivers having different unfired heights |
US7669746B2 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2010-03-02 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Staple cartridges for forming staples having differing formed staple heights |
US7934630B2 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2011-05-03 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Staple cartridges for forming staples having differing formed staple heights |
US11484312B2 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2022-11-01 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising a staple driver arrangement |
US9237891B2 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2016-01-19 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Robotically-controlled surgical stapling devices that produce formed staples having different lengths |
US10159482B2 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2018-12-25 | Ethicon Llc | Fastener cartridge assembly comprising a fixed anvil and different staple heights |
US20070106317A1 (en) | 2005-11-09 | 2007-05-10 | Shelton Frederick E Iv | Hydraulically and electrically actuated articulation joints for surgical instruments |
US7753904B2 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2010-07-13 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Endoscopic surgical instrument with a handle that can articulate with respect to the shaft |
US20110024477A1 (en) | 2009-02-06 | 2011-02-03 | Hall Steven G | Driven Surgical Stapler Improvements |
US7845537B2 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2010-12-07 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical instrument having recording capabilities |
US8820603B2 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2014-09-02 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Accessing data stored in a memory of a surgical instrument |
US8186555B2 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2012-05-29 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Motor-driven surgical cutting and fastening instrument with mechanical closure system |
US20120292367A1 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2012-11-22 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Robotically-controlled end effector |
US11224427B2 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2022-01-18 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling system including a console and retraction assembly |
US20110290856A1 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2011-12-01 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Robotically-controlled surgical instrument with force-feedback capabilities |
US8708213B2 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2014-04-29 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical instrument having a feedback system |
US11278279B2 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2022-03-22 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument assembly |
US11793518B2 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2023-10-24 | Cilag Gmbh International | Powered surgical instruments with firing system lockout arrangements |
US8992422B2 (en) | 2006-03-23 | 2015-03-31 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Robotically-controlled endoscopic accessory channel |
US8322455B2 (en) | 2006-06-27 | 2012-12-04 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Manually driven surgical cutting and fastening instrument |
US10568652B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2020-02-25 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical staples having attached drivers of different heights and stapling instruments for deploying the same |
US11980366B2 (en) | 2006-10-03 | 2024-05-14 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument |
US8840603B2 (en) | 2007-01-10 | 2014-09-23 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical instrument with wireless communication between control unit and sensor transponders |
US8684253B2 (en) | 2007-01-10 | 2014-04-01 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical instrument with wireless communication between a control unit of a robotic system and remote sensor |
US11291441B2 (en) | 2007-01-10 | 2022-04-05 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument with wireless communication between control unit and remote sensor |
US11039836B2 (en) | 2007-01-11 | 2021-06-22 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge for use with a surgical stapling instrument |
US20080169333A1 (en) | 2007-01-11 | 2008-07-17 | Shelton Frederick E | Surgical stapler end effector with tapered distal end |
US7669747B2 (en) | 2007-03-15 | 2010-03-02 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Washer for use with a surgical stapling instrument |
US8931682B2 (en) | 2007-06-04 | 2015-01-13 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Robotically-controlled shaft based rotary drive systems for surgical instruments |
US11564682B2 (en) | 2007-06-04 | 2023-01-31 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapler device |
US7753245B2 (en) | 2007-06-22 | 2010-07-13 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical stapling instruments |
US11849941B2 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2023-12-26 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge having staple cavities extending at a transverse angle relative to a longitudinal cartridge axis |
US20090143799A1 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2009-06-04 | Smith Kevin W | Cordless Hand-Held Ultrasonic Cautery Cutting Device |
US9314261B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2016-04-19 | Covidien Ag | Battery-powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device |
US8061014B2 (en) | 2007-12-03 | 2011-11-22 | Covidien Ag | Method of assembling a cordless hand-held ultrasonic cautery cutting device |
US8636736B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2014-01-28 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Motorized surgical cutting and fastening instrument |
US7866527B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2011-01-11 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical stapling apparatus with interlockable firing system |
US11986183B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2024-05-21 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical cutting and fastening instrument comprising a plurality of sensors to measure an electrical parameter |
US8758391B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2014-06-24 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Interchangeable tools for surgical instruments |
JP5410110B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2014-02-05 | エシコン・エンド−サージェリィ・インコーポレイテッド | Surgical cutting / fixing instrument with RF electrode |
US8573465B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2013-11-05 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Robotically-controlled surgical end effector system with rotary actuated closure systems |
US9179912B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2015-11-10 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Robotically-controlled motorized surgical cutting and fastening instrument |
US7819298B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2010-10-26 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical stapling apparatus with control features operable with one hand |
US9615826B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2017-04-11 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Multiple thickness implantable layers for surgical stapling devices |
US8210411B2 (en) | 2008-09-23 | 2012-07-03 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Motor-driven surgical cutting instrument |
US9005230B2 (en) | 2008-09-23 | 2015-04-14 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Motorized surgical instrument |
US9386983B2 (en) | 2008-09-23 | 2016-07-12 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Robotically-controlled motorized surgical instrument |
US11648005B2 (en) | 2008-09-23 | 2023-05-16 | Cilag Gmbh International | Robotically-controlled motorized surgical instrument with an end effector |
US8608045B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2013-12-17 | Ethicon Endo-Sugery, Inc. | Powered surgical cutting and stapling apparatus with manually retractable firing system |
US8517239B2 (en) | 2009-02-05 | 2013-08-27 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical stapling instrument comprising a magnetic element driver |
BRPI1008667A2 (en) | 2009-02-06 | 2016-03-08 | Ethicom Endo Surgery Inc | improvement of the operated surgical stapler |
US11090104B2 (en) | 2009-10-09 | 2021-08-17 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical generator for ultrasonic and electrosurgical devices |
US8851354B2 (en) | 2009-12-24 | 2014-10-07 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical cutting instrument that analyzes tissue thickness |
US8783543B2 (en) | 2010-07-30 | 2014-07-22 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Tissue acquisition arrangements and methods for surgical stapling devices |
CA2945596C (en) * | 2010-08-25 | 2018-12-04 | Covidien Ag | Battery-powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device |
US11812965B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2023-11-14 | Cilag Gmbh International | Layer of material for a surgical end effector |
US9272406B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2016-03-01 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Fastener cartridge comprising a cutting member for releasing a tissue thickness compensator |
US9016542B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2015-04-28 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Staple cartridge comprising compressible distortion resistant components |
US9629814B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2017-04-25 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Tissue thickness compensator configured to redistribute compressive forces |
US10945731B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2021-03-16 | Ethicon Llc | Tissue thickness compensator comprising controlled release and expansion |
US11849952B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2023-12-26 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising staples positioned within a compressible portion thereof |
US11298125B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2022-04-12 | Cilag Gmbh International | Tissue stapler having a thickness compensator |
US9386988B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2016-07-12 | Ethicon End-Surgery, LLC | Retainer assembly including a tissue thickness compensator |
US9211120B2 (en) | 2011-04-29 | 2015-12-15 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Tissue thickness compensator comprising a plurality of medicaments |
US8695866B2 (en) | 2010-10-01 | 2014-04-15 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical instrument having a power control circuit |
CA2834649C (en) | 2011-04-29 | 2021-02-16 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Staple cartridge comprising staples positioned within a compressible portion thereof |
US11207064B2 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2021-12-28 | Cilag Gmbh International | Automated end effector component reloading system for use with a robotic system |
JP6224070B2 (en) | 2012-03-28 | 2017-11-01 | エシコン・エンド−サージェリィ・インコーポレイテッドEthicon Endo−Surgery,Inc. | Retainer assembly including tissue thickness compensator |
BR112014024102B1 (en) | 2012-03-28 | 2022-03-03 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc | CLAMP CARTRIDGE ASSEMBLY FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT AND END ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT |
RU2639857C2 (en) | 2012-03-28 | 2017-12-22 | Этикон Эндо-Серджери, Инк. | Tissue thickness compensator containing capsule for medium with low pressure |
US9101358B2 (en) | 2012-06-15 | 2015-08-11 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Articulatable surgical instrument comprising a firing drive |
US9408606B2 (en) | 2012-06-28 | 2016-08-09 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Robotically powered surgical device with manually-actuatable reversing system |
US20140001231A1 (en) | 2012-06-28 | 2014-01-02 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Firing system lockout arrangements for surgical instruments |
US9282974B2 (en) | 2012-06-28 | 2016-03-15 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Empty clip cartridge lockout |
BR112014032776B1 (en) | 2012-06-28 | 2021-09-08 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc | SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEM AND SURGICAL KIT FOR USE WITH A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEM |
US9289256B2 (en) | 2012-06-28 | 2016-03-22 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Surgical end effectors having angled tissue-contacting surfaces |
US11202631B2 (en) | 2012-06-28 | 2021-12-21 | Cilag Gmbh International | Stapling assembly comprising a firing lockout |
CN104487005B (en) | 2012-06-28 | 2017-09-08 | 伊西康内外科公司 | Empty squeeze latching member |
US9408622B2 (en) | 2012-06-29 | 2016-08-09 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Surgical instruments with articulating shafts |
JP6345707B2 (en) | 2013-03-01 | 2018-06-20 | エシコン・エンド−サージェリィ・インコーポレイテッドEthicon Endo−Surgery,Inc. | Surgical instrument with soft stop |
RU2672520C2 (en) | 2013-03-01 | 2018-11-15 | Этикон Эндо-Серджери, Инк. | Hingedly turnable surgical instruments with conducting ways for signal transfer |
US9629629B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2017-04-25 | Ethicon Endo-Surgey, LLC | Control systems for surgical instruments |
US9883860B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2018-02-06 | Ethicon Llc | Interchangeable shaft assemblies for use with a surgical instrument |
BR112015026109B1 (en) | 2013-04-16 | 2022-02-22 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc | surgical instrument |
US9844368B2 (en) | 2013-04-16 | 2017-12-19 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical system comprising first and second drive systems |
CN106028966B (en) | 2013-08-23 | 2018-06-22 | 伊西康内外科有限责任公司 | For the firing member restoring device of powered surgical instrument |
US9987006B2 (en) | 2013-08-23 | 2018-06-05 | Ethicon Llc | Shroud retention arrangement for sterilizable surgical instruments |
US9962161B2 (en) | 2014-02-12 | 2018-05-08 | Ethicon Llc | Deliverable surgical instrument |
US20150272557A1 (en) | 2014-03-26 | 2015-10-01 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Modular surgical instrument system |
US9690362B2 (en) | 2014-03-26 | 2017-06-27 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical instrument control circuit having a safety processor |
BR112016021943B1 (en) | 2014-03-26 | 2022-06-14 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | SURGICAL INSTRUMENT FOR USE BY AN OPERATOR IN A SURGICAL PROCEDURE |
US20150297225A1 (en) | 2014-04-16 | 2015-10-22 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Fastener cartridges including extensions having different configurations |
BR112016023807B1 (en) | 2014-04-16 | 2022-07-12 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | CARTRIDGE SET OF FASTENERS FOR USE WITH A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT |
US9801628B2 (en) | 2014-09-26 | 2017-10-31 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical staple and driver arrangements for staple cartridges |
US9833241B2 (en) | 2014-04-16 | 2017-12-05 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical fastener cartridges with driver stabilizing arrangements |
JP6612256B2 (en) | 2014-04-16 | 2019-11-27 | エシコン エルエルシー | Fastener cartridge with non-uniform fastener |
JP6636452B2 (en) | 2014-04-16 | 2020-01-29 | エシコン エルエルシーEthicon LLC | Fastener cartridge including extension having different configurations |
US9724094B2 (en) | 2014-09-05 | 2017-08-08 | Ethicon Llc | Adjunct with integrated sensors to quantify tissue compression |
US11311294B2 (en) | 2014-09-05 | 2022-04-26 | Cilag Gmbh International | Powered medical device including measurement of closure state of jaws |
BR112017004361B1 (en) | 2014-09-05 | 2023-04-11 | Ethicon Llc | ELECTRONIC SYSTEM FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT |
US10105142B2 (en) | 2014-09-18 | 2018-10-23 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical stapler with plurality of cutting elements |
JP6648119B2 (en) | 2014-09-26 | 2020-02-14 | エシコン エルエルシーEthicon LLC | Surgical stapling buttress and accessory materials |
US11523821B2 (en) | 2014-09-26 | 2022-12-13 | Cilag Gmbh International | Method for creating a flexible staple line |
US10076325B2 (en) | 2014-10-13 | 2018-09-18 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical stapling apparatus comprising a tissue stop |
US9924944B2 (en) | 2014-10-16 | 2018-03-27 | Ethicon Llc | Staple cartridge comprising an adjunct material |
US11141153B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2021-10-12 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridges comprising driver arrangements |
US10517594B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2019-12-31 | Ethicon Llc | Cartridge assemblies for surgical staplers |
US9844376B2 (en) | 2014-11-06 | 2017-12-19 | Ethicon Llc | Staple cartridge comprising a releasable adjunct material |
US10736636B2 (en) | 2014-12-10 | 2020-08-11 | Ethicon Llc | Articulatable surgical instrument system |
US10085748B2 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2018-10-02 | Ethicon Llc | Locking arrangements for detachable shaft assemblies with articulatable surgical end effectors |
US9844375B2 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2017-12-19 | Ethicon Llc | Drive arrangements for articulatable surgical instruments |
US9987000B2 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2018-06-05 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical instrument assembly comprising a flexible articulation system |
US10004501B2 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2018-06-26 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical instruments with improved closure arrangements |
BR112017012996B1 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2022-11-08 | Ethicon Llc | SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH AN ANvil WHICH IS SELECTIVELY MOVABLE ABOUT AN IMMOVABLE GEOMETRIC AXIS DIFFERENT FROM A STAPLE CARTRIDGE |
US9844374B2 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2017-12-19 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical instrument systems comprising an articulatable end effector and means for adjusting the firing stroke of a firing member |
US11154301B2 (en) | 2015-02-27 | 2021-10-26 | Cilag Gmbh International | Modular stapling assembly |
US9993248B2 (en) | 2015-03-06 | 2018-06-12 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Smart sensors with local signal processing |
US10441279B2 (en) | 2015-03-06 | 2019-10-15 | Ethicon Llc | Multiple level thresholds to modify operation of powered surgical instruments |
US10245033B2 (en) | 2015-03-06 | 2019-04-02 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical instrument comprising a lockable battery housing |
US9901342B2 (en) | 2015-03-06 | 2018-02-27 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Signal and power communication system positioned on a rotatable shaft |
JP2020121162A (en) | 2015-03-06 | 2020-08-13 | エシコン エルエルシーEthicon LLC | Time dependent evaluation of sensor data to determine stability element, creep element and viscoelastic element of measurement |
US10548504B2 (en) | 2015-03-06 | 2020-02-04 | Ethicon Llc | Overlaid multi sensor radio frequency (RF) electrode system to measure tissue compression |
US10390825B2 (en) | 2015-03-31 | 2019-08-27 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical instrument with progressive rotary drive systems |
CN107112470B (en) | 2015-05-12 | 2020-04-03 | 奥林巴斯株式会社 | Battery pack for medical device and medical device unit |
US11058425B2 (en) | 2015-08-17 | 2021-07-13 | Ethicon Llc | Implantable layers for a surgical instrument |
US10238386B2 (en) | 2015-09-23 | 2019-03-26 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical stapler having motor control based on an electrical parameter related to a motor current |
US10105139B2 (en) | 2015-09-23 | 2018-10-23 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical stapler having downstream current-based motor control |
US10299878B2 (en) | 2015-09-25 | 2019-05-28 | Ethicon Llc | Implantable adjunct systems for determining adjunct skew |
US10603039B2 (en) | 2015-09-30 | 2020-03-31 | Ethicon Llc | Progressively releasable implantable adjunct for use with a surgical stapling instrument |
US10687884B2 (en) | 2015-09-30 | 2020-06-23 | Ethicon Llc | Circuits for supplying isolated direct current (DC) voltage to surgical instruments |
BR112018006301B1 (en) * | 2015-09-30 | 2023-01-24 | Ethicon Llc | METHOD FOR GENERATING ELECTRICAL SIGNAL WAVEFORMS BY A GENERATOR AND GENERATOR FOR GENERATING ELECTRICAL SIGNAL WAVEFORMS |
US10736633B2 (en) | 2015-09-30 | 2020-08-11 | Ethicon Llc | Compressible adjunct with looping members |
US11890015B2 (en) | 2015-09-30 | 2024-02-06 | Cilag Gmbh International | Compressible adjunct with crossing spacer fibers |
US10980539B2 (en) | 2015-09-30 | 2021-04-20 | Ethicon Llc | Implantable adjunct comprising bonded layers |
KR101768944B1 (en) | 2015-11-27 | 2017-08-17 | (주)커트라 | Rechargeable ultrasonic cutting devices |
US10265068B2 (en) | 2015-12-30 | 2019-04-23 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical instruments with separable motors and motor control circuits |
US10368865B2 (en) | 2015-12-30 | 2019-08-06 | Ethicon Llc | Mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments |
US10292704B2 (en) | 2015-12-30 | 2019-05-21 | Ethicon Llc | Mechanisms for compensating for battery pack failure in powered surgical instruments |
US20170202595A1 (en) * | 2016-01-15 | 2017-07-20 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Modular battery powered handheld surgical instrument with a plurality of control programs |
US11229471B2 (en) | 2016-01-15 | 2022-01-25 | Cilag Gmbh International | Modular battery powered handheld surgical instrument with selective application of energy based on tissue characterization |
US10537351B2 (en) | 2016-01-15 | 2020-01-21 | Ethicon Llc | Modular battery powered handheld surgical instrument with variable motor control limits |
US11213293B2 (en) | 2016-02-09 | 2022-01-04 | Cilag Gmbh International | Articulatable surgical instruments with single articulation link arrangements |
BR112018016098B1 (en) | 2016-02-09 | 2023-02-23 | Ethicon Llc | SURGICAL INSTRUMENT |
US11224426B2 (en) | 2016-02-12 | 2022-01-18 | Cilag Gmbh International | Mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments |
US10448948B2 (en) | 2016-02-12 | 2019-10-22 | Ethicon Llc | Mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments |
US11607239B2 (en) | 2016-04-15 | 2023-03-21 | Cilag Gmbh International | Systems and methods for controlling a surgical stapling and cutting instrument |
US10456137B2 (en) | 2016-04-15 | 2019-10-29 | Ethicon Llc | Staple formation detection mechanisms |
US10828028B2 (en) | 2016-04-15 | 2020-11-10 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical instrument with multiple program responses during a firing motion |
US10335145B2 (en) | 2016-04-15 | 2019-07-02 | Ethicon Llc | Modular surgical instrument with configurable operating mode |
US11179150B2 (en) | 2016-04-15 | 2021-11-23 | Cilag Gmbh International | Systems and methods for controlling a surgical stapling and cutting instrument |
US10357247B2 (en) | 2016-04-15 | 2019-07-23 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical instrument with multiple program responses during a firing motion |
US10492783B2 (en) | 2016-04-15 | 2019-12-03 | Ethicon, Llc | Surgical instrument with improved stop/start control during a firing motion |
US10426467B2 (en) | 2016-04-15 | 2019-10-01 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical instrument with detection sensors |
US10363037B2 (en) | 2016-04-18 | 2019-07-30 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical instrument system comprising a magnetic lockout |
US11317917B2 (en) | 2016-04-18 | 2022-05-03 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling system comprising a lockable firing assembly |
US20170296173A1 (en) | 2016-04-18 | 2017-10-19 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Method for operating a surgical instrument |
JP6776030B2 (en) | 2016-07-06 | 2020-10-28 | ソニー・オリンパスメディカルソリューションズ株式会社 | Medical equipment |
US11266430B2 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2022-03-08 | Cilag Gmbh International | End effector control and calibration |
US20180168625A1 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2018-06-21 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Surgical stapling instruments with smart staple cartridges |
BR112019011947A2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2019-10-29 | Ethicon Llc | surgical stapling systems |
CN110099619B (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2022-07-15 | 爱惜康有限责任公司 | Lockout device for surgical end effector and replaceable tool assembly |
US20180168615A1 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2018-06-21 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Method of deforming staples from two different types of staple cartridges with the same surgical stapling instrument |
US10667809B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2020-06-02 | Ethicon Llc | Staple cartridge and staple cartridge channel comprising windows defined therein |
US10537325B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2020-01-21 | Ethicon Llc | Staple forming pocket arrangement to accommodate different types of staples |
US20180168633A1 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2018-06-21 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Surgical stapling instruments and staple-forming anvils |
US10779823B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2020-09-22 | Ethicon Llc | Firing member pin angle |
US10898186B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2021-01-26 | Ethicon Llc | Staple forming pocket arrangements comprising primary sidewalls and pocket sidewalls |
JP7010956B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2022-01-26 | エシコン エルエルシー | How to staple tissue |
US11134942B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2021-10-05 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling instruments and staple-forming anvils |
US10813638B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2020-10-27 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical end effectors with expandable tissue stop arrangements |
US11419606B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2022-08-23 | Cilag Gmbh International | Shaft assembly comprising a clutch configured to adapt the output of a rotary firing member to two different systems |
JP7086963B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2022-06-20 | エシコン エルエルシー | Surgical instrument system with end effector lockout and launch assembly lockout |
US20180168579A1 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2018-06-21 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Llc | Surgical end effector with two separate cooperating opening features for opening and closing end effector jaws |
US10667810B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2020-06-02 | Ethicon Llc | Closure members with cam surface arrangements for surgical instruments with separate and distinct closure and firing systems |
US10675025B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2020-06-09 | Ethicon Llc | Shaft assembly comprising separately actuatable and retractable systems |
US10973516B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2021-04-13 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical end effectors and adaptable firing members therefor |
US11517325B2 (en) | 2017-06-20 | 2022-12-06 | Cilag Gmbh International | Closed loop feedback control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument based on measured displacement distance traveled over a specified time interval |
US11071554B2 (en) | 2017-06-20 | 2021-07-27 | Cilag Gmbh International | Closed loop feedback control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument based on magnitude of velocity error measurements |
US10888321B2 (en) | 2017-06-20 | 2021-01-12 | Ethicon Llc | Systems and methods for controlling velocity of a displacement member of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument |
US10779820B2 (en) | 2017-06-20 | 2020-09-22 | Ethicon Llc | Systems and methods for controlling motor speed according to user input for a surgical instrument |
US11090046B2 (en) | 2017-06-20 | 2021-08-17 | Cilag Gmbh International | Systems and methods for controlling displacement member motion of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument |
US10980537B2 (en) | 2017-06-20 | 2021-04-20 | Ethicon Llc | Closed loop feedback control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument based on measured time over a specified number of shaft rotations |
US10881399B2 (en) | 2017-06-20 | 2021-01-05 | Ethicon Llc | Techniques for adaptive control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument |
US11382638B2 (en) | 2017-06-20 | 2022-07-12 | Cilag Gmbh International | Closed loop feedback control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument based on measured time over a specified displacement distance |
US10307170B2 (en) | 2017-06-20 | 2019-06-04 | Ethicon Llc | Method for closed loop control of motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument |
US11653914B2 (en) | 2017-06-20 | 2023-05-23 | Cilag Gmbh International | Systems and methods for controlling motor velocity of a surgical stapling and cutting instrument according to articulation angle of end effector |
US11141154B2 (en) | 2017-06-27 | 2021-10-12 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical end effectors and anvils |
US10993716B2 (en) | 2017-06-27 | 2021-05-04 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical anvil arrangements |
US10835218B2 (en) * | 2017-06-27 | 2020-11-17 | Ethicon Llc | Apparatus and method to determine end of life of battery powered surgical instrument |
US11324503B2 (en) | 2017-06-27 | 2022-05-10 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical firing member arrangements |
US11266405B2 (en) | 2017-06-27 | 2022-03-08 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical anvil manufacturing methods |
US11564686B2 (en) | 2017-06-28 | 2023-01-31 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical shaft assemblies with flexible interfaces |
US11246592B2 (en) | 2017-06-28 | 2022-02-15 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising an articulation system lockable to a frame |
EP3420947B1 (en) | 2017-06-28 | 2022-05-25 | Cilag GmbH International | Surgical instrument comprising selectively actuatable rotatable couplers |
US11259805B2 (en) | 2017-06-28 | 2022-03-01 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising firing member supports |
US10903685B2 (en) | 2017-06-28 | 2021-01-26 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical shaft assemblies with slip ring assemblies forming capacitive channels |
USD906355S1 (en) | 2017-06-28 | 2020-12-29 | Ethicon Llc | Display screen or portion thereof with a graphical user interface for a surgical instrument |
US10765427B2 (en) | 2017-06-28 | 2020-09-08 | Ethicon Llc | Method for articulating a surgical instrument |
US11020114B2 (en) | 2017-06-28 | 2021-06-01 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instruments with articulatable end effector with axially shortened articulation joint configurations |
US11678880B2 (en) | 2017-06-28 | 2023-06-20 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising a shaft including a housing arrangement |
US10932772B2 (en) | 2017-06-29 | 2021-03-02 | Ethicon Llc | Methods for closed loop velocity control for robotic surgical instrument |
US11471155B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2022-10-18 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical system bailout |
US11944300B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2024-04-02 | Cilag Gmbh International | Method for operating a surgical system bailout |
US11974742B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2024-05-07 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical system comprising an articulation bailout |
US11304695B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2022-04-19 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical system shaft interconnection |
USD907647S1 (en) | 2017-09-29 | 2021-01-12 | Ethicon Llc | Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface |
US10743872B2 (en) | 2017-09-29 | 2020-08-18 | Ethicon Llc | System and methods for controlling a display of a surgical instrument |
US11399829B2 (en) | 2017-09-29 | 2022-08-02 | Cilag Gmbh International | Systems and methods of initiating a power shutdown mode for a surgical instrument |
USD907648S1 (en) | 2017-09-29 | 2021-01-12 | Ethicon Llc | Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface |
USD917500S1 (en) | 2017-09-29 | 2021-04-27 | Ethicon Llc | Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface |
US11134944B2 (en) | 2017-10-30 | 2021-10-05 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapler knife motion controls |
US11090075B2 (en) | 2017-10-30 | 2021-08-17 | Cilag Gmbh International | Articulation features for surgical end effector |
US10842490B2 (en) | 2017-10-31 | 2020-11-24 | Ethicon Llc | Cartridge body design with force reduction based on firing completion |
US10743874B2 (en) | 2017-12-15 | 2020-08-18 | Ethicon Llc | Sealed adapters for use with electromechanical surgical instruments |
US10828033B2 (en) | 2017-12-15 | 2020-11-10 | Ethicon Llc | Handheld electromechanical surgical instruments with improved motor control arrangements for positioning components of an adapter coupled thereto |
US10869666B2 (en) | 2017-12-15 | 2020-12-22 | Ethicon Llc | Adapters with control systems for controlling multiple motors of an electromechanical surgical instrument |
US11071543B2 (en) | 2017-12-15 | 2021-07-27 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical end effectors with clamping assemblies configured to increase jaw aperture ranges |
US10779825B2 (en) | 2017-12-15 | 2020-09-22 | Ethicon Llc | Adapters with end effector position sensing and control arrangements for use in connection with electromechanical surgical instruments |
US11197670B2 (en) | 2017-12-15 | 2021-12-14 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical end effectors with pivotal jaws configured to touch at their respective distal ends when fully closed |
US11033267B2 (en) | 2017-12-15 | 2021-06-15 | Ethicon Llc | Systems and methods of controlling a clamping member firing rate of a surgical instrument |
US10966718B2 (en) | 2017-12-15 | 2021-04-06 | Ethicon Llc | Dynamic clamping assemblies with improved wear characteristics for use in connection with electromechanical surgical instruments |
US10743875B2 (en) | 2017-12-15 | 2020-08-18 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical end effectors with jaw stiffener arrangements configured to permit monitoring of firing member |
US10779826B2 (en) | 2017-12-15 | 2020-09-22 | Ethicon Llc | Methods of operating surgical end effectors |
US10716565B2 (en) | 2017-12-19 | 2020-07-21 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical instruments with dual articulation drivers |
USD910847S1 (en) | 2017-12-19 | 2021-02-16 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical instrument assembly |
US11020112B2 (en) | 2017-12-19 | 2021-06-01 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical tools configured for interchangeable use with different controller interfaces |
US10729509B2 (en) | 2017-12-19 | 2020-08-04 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical instrument comprising closure and firing locking mechanism |
US10835330B2 (en) | 2017-12-19 | 2020-11-17 | Ethicon Llc | Method for determining the position of a rotatable jaw of a surgical instrument attachment assembly |
US11311290B2 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2022-04-26 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising an end effector dampener |
US11129680B2 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2021-09-28 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising a projector |
US11076853B2 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2021-08-03 | Cilag Gmbh International | Systems and methods of displaying a knife position during transection for a surgical instrument |
US11364027B2 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2022-06-21 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising speed control |
US11207065B2 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2021-12-28 | Cilag Gmbh International | Method for fabricating surgical stapler anvils |
US11291440B2 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2022-04-05 | Cilag Gmbh International | Method for operating a powered articulatable surgical instrument |
US11324501B2 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2022-05-10 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling devices with improved closure members |
US10856870B2 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2020-12-08 | Ethicon Llc | Switching arrangements for motor powered articulatable surgical instruments |
USD914878S1 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2021-03-30 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical instrument anvil |
US11083458B2 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2021-08-10 | Cilag Gmbh International | Powered surgical instruments with clutching arrangements to convert linear drive motions to rotary drive motions |
US10912559B2 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2021-02-09 | Ethicon Llc | Reinforced deformable anvil tip for surgical stapler anvil |
US11253256B2 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2022-02-22 | Cilag Gmbh International | Articulatable motor powered surgical instruments with dedicated articulation motor arrangements |
US11045192B2 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2021-06-29 | Cilag Gmbh International | Fabricating techniques for surgical stapler anvils |
US11039834B2 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2021-06-22 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapler anvils with staple directing protrusions and tissue stability features |
US11696761B2 (en) | 2019-03-25 | 2023-07-11 | Cilag Gmbh International | Firing drive arrangements for surgical systems |
US11172929B2 (en) | 2019-03-25 | 2021-11-16 | Cilag Gmbh International | Articulation drive arrangements for surgical systems |
US11147553B2 (en) | 2019-03-25 | 2021-10-19 | Cilag Gmbh International | Firing drive arrangements for surgical systems |
US11147551B2 (en) | 2019-03-25 | 2021-10-19 | Cilag Gmbh International | Firing drive arrangements for surgical systems |
US11903581B2 (en) | 2019-04-30 | 2024-02-20 | Cilag Gmbh International | Methods for stapling tissue using a surgical instrument |
US11253254B2 (en) | 2019-04-30 | 2022-02-22 | Cilag Gmbh International | Shaft rotation actuator on a surgical instrument |
US11452528B2 (en) | 2019-04-30 | 2022-09-27 | Cilag Gmbh International | Articulation actuators for a surgical instrument |
US11432816B2 (en) | 2019-04-30 | 2022-09-06 | Cilag Gmbh International | Articulation pin for a surgical instrument |
US11648009B2 (en) | 2019-04-30 | 2023-05-16 | Cilag Gmbh International | Rotatable jaw tip for a surgical instrument |
US11471157B2 (en) | 2019-04-30 | 2022-10-18 | Cilag Gmbh International | Articulation control mapping for a surgical instrument |
US11426251B2 (en) | 2019-04-30 | 2022-08-30 | Cilag Gmbh International | Articulation directional lights on a surgical instrument |
US11426167B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-08-30 | Cilag Gmbh International | Mechanisms for proper anvil attachment surgical stapling head assembly |
US11464601B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-10-11 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising an RFID system for tracking a movable component |
US11350938B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-06-07 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising an aligned rfid sensor |
US11523822B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-12-13 | Cilag Gmbh International | Battery pack including a circuit interrupter |
US11376098B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-07-05 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument system comprising an RFID system |
US11553971B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2023-01-17 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical RFID assemblies for display and communication |
US11051807B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2021-07-06 | Cilag Gmbh International | Packaging assembly including a particulate trap |
US11660163B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2023-05-30 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical system with RFID tags for updating motor assembly parameters |
US11771419B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2023-10-03 | Cilag Gmbh International | Packaging for a replaceable component of a surgical stapling system |
US12004740B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2024-06-11 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling system having an information decryption protocol |
US11638587B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2023-05-02 | Cilag Gmbh International | RFID identification systems for surgical instruments |
US11259803B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-03-01 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling system having an information encryption protocol |
US11224497B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-01-18 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical systems with multiple RFID tags |
US11298127B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-04-12 | Cilag GmbH Interational | Surgical stapling system having a lockout mechanism for an incompatible cartridge |
US11246678B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-02-15 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling system having a frangible RFID tag |
US11219455B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-01-11 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument including a lockout key |
US11478241B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-10-25 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge including projections |
US11291451B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-04-05 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument with battery compatibility verification functionality |
US11497492B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-11-15 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument including an articulation lock |
US11684434B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2023-06-27 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical RFID assemblies for instrument operational setting control |
US11399837B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-08-02 | Cilag Gmbh International | Mechanisms for motor control adjustments of a motorized surgical instrument |
US11627959B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2023-04-18 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instruments including manual and powered system lockouts |
US11298132B2 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-04-12 | Cilag GmbH Inlernational | Staple cartridge including a honeycomb extension |
US11844520B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2023-12-19 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising driver retention members |
US11559304B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2023-01-24 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising a rapid closure mechanism |
US11464512B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2022-10-11 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising a curved deck surface |
US11931033B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2024-03-19 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising a latch lockout |
US11291447B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2022-04-05 | Cilag Gmbh International | Stapling instrument comprising independent jaw closing and staple firing systems |
US11529137B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2022-12-20 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising driver retention members |
US11446029B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2022-09-20 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising projections extending from a curved deck surface |
US11304696B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2022-04-19 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising a powered articulation system |
US11529139B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2022-12-20 | Cilag Gmbh International | Motor driven surgical instrument |
US11911032B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2024-02-27 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising a seating cam |
US11234698B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2022-02-01 | Cilag Gmbh International | Stapling system comprising a clamp lockout and a firing lockout |
US11701111B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2023-07-18 | Cilag Gmbh International | Method for operating a surgical stapling instrument |
US11576672B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2023-02-14 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising a closure system including a closure member and an opening member driven by a drive screw |
US11504122B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2022-11-22 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising a nested firing member |
US12035913B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2024-07-16 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising a deployable knife |
US11607219B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2023-03-21 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising a detachable tissue cutting knife |
CN111142434A (en) * | 2019-12-24 | 2020-05-12 | 深圳市固特超声技术有限公司 | Ultrasonic transducer control circuit and method and ultrasonic cleaning machine |
US11950797B2 (en) | 2019-12-30 | 2024-04-09 | Cilag Gmbh International | Deflectable electrode with higher distal bias relative to proximal bias |
US11786294B2 (en) | 2019-12-30 | 2023-10-17 | Cilag Gmbh International | Control program for modular combination energy device |
US11786291B2 (en) | 2019-12-30 | 2023-10-17 | Cilag Gmbh International | Deflectable support of RF energy electrode with respect to opposing ultrasonic blade |
US11944366B2 (en) | 2019-12-30 | 2024-04-02 | Cilag Gmbh International | Asymmetric segmented ultrasonic support pad for cooperative engagement with a movable RF electrode |
US11779387B2 (en) | 2019-12-30 | 2023-10-10 | Cilag Gmbh International | Clamp arm jaw to minimize tissue sticking and improve tissue control |
US11812957B2 (en) | 2019-12-30 | 2023-11-14 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising a signal interference resolution system |
US11986201B2 (en) | 2019-12-30 | 2024-05-21 | Cilag Gmbh International | Method for operating a surgical instrument |
US11937863B2 (en) | 2019-12-30 | 2024-03-26 | Cilag Gmbh International | Deflectable electrode with variable compression bias along the length of the deflectable electrode |
US20210196358A1 (en) | 2019-12-30 | 2021-07-01 | Ethicon Llc | Electrosurgical instrument with electrodes biasing support |
US12023086B2 (en) | 2019-12-30 | 2024-07-02 | Cilag Gmbh International | Electrosurgical instrument for delivering blended energy modalities to tissue |
USD966512S1 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2022-10-11 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge |
USD975278S1 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2023-01-10 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge |
USD975851S1 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2023-01-17 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge |
USD975850S1 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2023-01-17 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge |
USD974560S1 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2023-01-03 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge |
USD967421S1 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2022-10-18 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge |
USD976401S1 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2023-01-24 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge |
US11857182B2 (en) | 2020-07-28 | 2024-01-02 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instruments with combination function articulation joint arrangements |
US11452526B2 (en) | 2020-10-29 | 2022-09-27 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising a staged voltage regulation start-up system |
US11844518B2 (en) | 2020-10-29 | 2023-12-19 | Cilag Gmbh International | Method for operating a surgical instrument |
US11517390B2 (en) | 2020-10-29 | 2022-12-06 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising a limited travel switch |
US11717289B2 (en) | 2020-10-29 | 2023-08-08 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising an indicator which indicates that an articulation drive is actuatable |
US11931025B2 (en) | 2020-10-29 | 2024-03-19 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising a releasable closure drive lock |
US11896217B2 (en) | 2020-10-29 | 2024-02-13 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising an articulation lock |
US11534259B2 (en) | 2020-10-29 | 2022-12-27 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising an articulation indicator |
US11779330B2 (en) | 2020-10-29 | 2023-10-10 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising a jaw alignment system |
US11617577B2 (en) | 2020-10-29 | 2023-04-04 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising a sensor configured to sense whether an articulation drive of the surgical instrument is actuatable |
US11944296B2 (en) | 2020-12-02 | 2024-04-02 | Cilag Gmbh International | Powered surgical instruments with external connectors |
US11653920B2 (en) | 2020-12-02 | 2023-05-23 | Cilag Gmbh International | Powered surgical instruments with communication interfaces through sterile barrier |
US11627960B2 (en) | 2020-12-02 | 2023-04-18 | Cilag Gmbh International | Powered surgical instruments with smart reload with separately attachable exteriorly mounted wiring connections |
US11678882B2 (en) | 2020-12-02 | 2023-06-20 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instruments with interactive features to remedy incidental sled movements |
US11849943B2 (en) | 2020-12-02 | 2023-12-26 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument with cartridge release mechanisms |
US11653915B2 (en) | 2020-12-02 | 2023-05-23 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instruments with sled location detection and adjustment features |
US11890010B2 (en) | 2020-12-02 | 2024-02-06 | Cllag GmbH International | Dual-sided reinforced reload for surgical instruments |
US11744581B2 (en) | 2020-12-02 | 2023-09-05 | Cilag Gmbh International | Powered surgical instruments with multi-phase tissue treatment |
US11737751B2 (en) | 2020-12-02 | 2023-08-29 | Cilag Gmbh International | Devices and methods of managing energy dissipated within sterile barriers of surgical instrument housings |
US11980362B2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2024-05-14 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument system comprising a power transfer coil |
US11701113B2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2023-07-18 | Cilag Gmbh International | Stapling instrument comprising a separate power antenna and a data transfer antenna |
US11950779B2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2024-04-09 | Cilag Gmbh International | Method of powering and communicating with a staple cartridge |
US11950777B2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2024-04-09 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising an information access control system |
US11723657B2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2023-08-15 | Cilag Gmbh International | Adjustable communication based on available bandwidth and power capacity |
US11749877B2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2023-09-05 | Cilag Gmbh International | Stapling instrument comprising a signal antenna |
US11751869B2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2023-09-12 | Cilag Gmbh International | Monitoring of multiple sensors over time to detect moving characteristics of tissue |
US11812964B2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2023-11-14 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising a power management circuit |
US11925349B2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2024-03-12 | Cilag Gmbh International | Adjustment to transfer parameters to improve available power |
US11730473B2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2023-08-22 | Cilag Gmbh International | Monitoring of manufacturing life-cycle |
US11744583B2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2023-09-05 | Cilag Gmbh International | Distal communication array to tune frequency of RF systems |
US11696757B2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2023-07-11 | Cilag Gmbh International | Monitoring of internal systems to detect and track cartridge motion status |
US11793514B2 (en) | 2021-02-26 | 2023-10-24 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising sensor array which may be embedded in cartridge body |
US11826012B2 (en) | 2021-03-22 | 2023-11-28 | Cilag Gmbh International | Stapling instrument comprising a pulsed motor-driven firing rack |
US11826042B2 (en) | 2021-03-22 | 2023-11-28 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument comprising a firing drive including a selectable leverage mechanism |
US11723658B2 (en) | 2021-03-22 | 2023-08-15 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising a firing lockout |
US11737749B2 (en) | 2021-03-22 | 2023-08-29 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling instrument comprising a retraction system |
US11806011B2 (en) | 2021-03-22 | 2023-11-07 | Cilag Gmbh International | Stapling instrument comprising tissue compression systems |
US11717291B2 (en) | 2021-03-22 | 2023-08-08 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising staples configured to apply different tissue compression |
US11759202B2 (en) | 2021-03-22 | 2023-09-19 | Cilag Gmbh International | Staple cartridge comprising an implantable layer |
US11903582B2 (en) | 2021-03-24 | 2024-02-20 | Cilag Gmbh International | Leveraging surfaces for cartridge installation |
US11896218B2 (en) | 2021-03-24 | 2024-02-13 | Cilag Gmbh International | Method of using a powered stapling device |
US11786243B2 (en) | 2021-03-24 | 2023-10-17 | Cilag Gmbh International | Firing members having flexible portions for adapting to a load during a surgical firing stroke |
US11944336B2 (en) | 2021-03-24 | 2024-04-02 | Cilag Gmbh International | Joint arrangements for multi-planar alignment and support of operational drive shafts in articulatable surgical instruments |
US11857183B2 (en) | 2021-03-24 | 2024-01-02 | Cilag Gmbh International | Stapling assembly components having metal substrates and plastic bodies |
US11896219B2 (en) | 2021-03-24 | 2024-02-13 | Cilag Gmbh International | Mating features between drivers and underside of a cartridge deck |
US11793516B2 (en) | 2021-03-24 | 2023-10-24 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical staple cartridge comprising longitudinal support beam |
US11849945B2 (en) | 2021-03-24 | 2023-12-26 | Cilag Gmbh International | Rotary-driven surgical stapling assembly comprising eccentrically driven firing member |
US11786239B2 (en) | 2021-03-24 | 2023-10-17 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical instrument articulation joint arrangements comprising multiple moving linkage features |
US11832816B2 (en) | 2021-03-24 | 2023-12-05 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling assembly comprising nonplanar staples and planar staples |
US11849944B2 (en) | 2021-03-24 | 2023-12-26 | Cilag Gmbh International | Drivers for fastener cartridge assemblies having rotary drive screws |
US11744603B2 (en) | 2021-03-24 | 2023-09-05 | Cilag Gmbh International | Multi-axis pivot joints for surgical instruments and methods for manufacturing same |
US11826047B2 (en) | 2021-05-28 | 2023-11-28 | Cilag Gmbh International | Stapling instrument comprising jaw mounts |
US11957337B2 (en) | 2021-10-18 | 2024-04-16 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling assembly with offset ramped drive surfaces |
US11980363B2 (en) | 2021-10-18 | 2024-05-14 | Cilag Gmbh International | Row-to-row staple array variations |
US11877745B2 (en) | 2021-10-18 | 2024-01-23 | Cilag Gmbh International | Surgical stapling assembly having longitudinally-repeating staple leg clusters |
US11937816B2 (en) | 2021-10-28 | 2024-03-26 | Cilag Gmbh International | Electrical lead arrangements for surgical instruments |
CN114326893B (en) * | 2021-12-10 | 2023-10-03 | 北京镁伽科技有限公司 | PID control system of adjustable voltage source, adjustable voltage source and image signal generator |
Family Cites Families (20)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4309067A (en) * | 1979-10-17 | 1982-01-05 | Black & Decker Inc. | Mechanical and electrical connection interface for a battery containing pack |
JPH0216563U (en) * | 1988-07-19 | 1990-02-02 | ||
US5553675A (en) * | 1994-06-10 | 1996-09-10 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Orthopedic surgical device |
WO1998006144A1 (en) * | 1996-08-05 | 1998-02-12 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Sterilizable battery enclosure |
EP1256320A3 (en) * | 1996-09-24 | 2003-03-19 | Xomed Surgical Products, Inc. | Powered handpiece and surgical blades and methods thereof |
JP2000271141A (en) * | 1999-03-23 | 2000-10-03 | Olympus Optical Co Ltd | Operation device |
JP2000271143A (en) * | 1999-03-25 | 2000-10-03 | Olympus Optical Co Ltd | Battery type surgery device |
JP2000287987A (en) * | 1999-04-01 | 2000-10-17 | Olympus Optical Co Ltd | Chargeable battery type medical treatment apparatus |
US6257351B1 (en) * | 1999-06-29 | 2001-07-10 | Microaire Surgical Instruments, Inc. | Powered surgical instrument having locking systems and a clutch mechanism |
JP2005046565A (en) * | 2003-07-28 | 2005-02-24 | Daiwa Seisakusho:Kk | Laryngoscope |
EP1871242B1 (en) * | 2005-04-16 | 2017-09-27 | Aesculap AG | Surgical machine and method for controlling and/or regulating the same |
JP5044551B2 (en) * | 2005-06-28 | 2012-10-10 | ストライカー・コーポレイション | Electric surgical instrument with a control module including a sensor for remotely monitoring the instrument power generation unit |
US7771350B2 (en) * | 2005-10-21 | 2010-08-10 | General Electric Company | Laryngoscope and laryngoscope handle apparatus including an LED and which may include an ergonomic handle |
JP4757035B2 (en) * | 2006-01-13 | 2011-08-24 | オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Ultrasound endoscope |
US7464846B2 (en) * | 2006-01-31 | 2008-12-16 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical instrument having a removable battery |
US20110022032A1 (en) * | 2007-10-05 | 2011-01-27 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Battery ejection design for a surgical device |
US20090143799A1 (en) * | 2007-12-03 | 2009-06-04 | Smith Kevin W | Cordless Hand-Held Ultrasonic Cautery Cutting Device |
JP4834716B2 (en) * | 2008-11-11 | 2011-12-14 | 株式会社アクティブメディカル | Ground fault detector |
US8038693B2 (en) * | 2009-10-21 | 2011-10-18 | Tyco Healthcare Group Ip | Methods for ultrasonic tissue sensing and feedback |
CA2945596C (en) * | 2010-08-25 | 2018-12-04 | Covidien Ag | Battery-powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device |
-
2011
- 2011-08-25 CA CA2945596A patent/CA2945596C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2011-08-25 JP JP2011183343A patent/JP2013126430A/en active Pending
- 2011-08-25 CA CA2750482A patent/CA2750482C/en active Active
-
2015
- 2015-07-30 JP JP2015151168A patent/JP6126173B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2017
- 2017-04-06 JP JP2017075969A patent/JP6438998B2/en active Active
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CA2945596A1 (en) | 2012-02-25 |
JP2017148538A (en) | 2017-08-31 |
CA2750482A1 (en) | 2012-02-25 |
JP6438998B2 (en) | 2018-12-19 |
JP2015231551A (en) | 2015-12-24 |
JP6126173B2 (en) | 2017-05-10 |
CA2945596C (en) | 2018-12-04 |
JP2013126430A (en) | 2013-06-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2750482C (en) | Battery-powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device | |
US9872696B2 (en) | Battery-powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device | |
US11478820B2 (en) | Battery-powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device | |
CA3022252C (en) | Battery powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device | |
US9107690B2 (en) | Battery-powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device | |
AU2012202212B2 (en) | Battery powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device | |
AU2016201414B2 (en) | Battery powered hand-held ultrasonic surgical cautery cutting device | |
AU2017203336B2 (en) | Battery powered modular surgical device | |
AU2014203647B2 (en) | A battery-powered, modular surgical device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request |
Effective date: 20130829 |